summaryrefslogtreecommitdiff
path: root/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/exam/exam.cls
blob: 52b4e9d4f4537a8a7408c265d4eaf7e05f3a2beb (plain)
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
110
111
112
113
114
115
116
117
118
119
120
121
122
123
124
125
126
127
128
129
130
131
132
133
134
135
136
137
138
139
140
141
142
143
144
145
146
147
148
149
150
151
152
153
154
155
156
157
158
159
160
161
162
163
164
165
166
167
168
169
170
171
172
173
174
175
176
177
178
179
180
181
182
183
184
185
186
187
188
189
190
191
192
193
194
195
196
197
198
199
200
201
202
203
204
205
206
207
208
209
210
211
212
213
214
215
216
217
218
219
220
221
222
223
224
225
226
227
228
229
230
231
232
233
234
235
236
237
238
239
240
241
242
243
244
245
246
247
248
249
250
251
252
253
254
255
256
257
258
259
260
261
262
263
264
265
266
267
268
269
270
271
272
273
274
275
276
277
278
279
280
281
282
283
284
285
286
287
288
289
290
291
292
293
294
295
296
297
298
299
300
301
302
303
304
305
306
307
308
309
310
311
312
313
314
315
316
317
318
319
320
321
322
323
324
325
326
327
328
329
330
331
332
333
334
335
336
337
338
339
340
341
342
343
344
345
346
347
348
349
350
351
352
353
354
355
356
357
358
359
360
361
362
363
364
365
366
367
368
369
370
371
372
373
374
375
376
377
378
379
380
381
382
383
384
385
386
387
388
389
390
391
392
393
394
395
396
397
398
399
400
401
402
403
404
405
406
407
408
409
410
411
412
413
414
415
416
417
418
419
420
421
422
423
424
425
426
427
428
429
430
431
432
433
434
435
436
437
438
439
440
441
442
443
444
445
446
447
448
449
450
451
452
453
454
455
456
457
458
459
460
461
462
463
464
465
466
467
468
469
470
471
472
473
474
475
476
477
478
479
480
481
482
483
484
485
486
487
488
489
490
491
492
493
494
495
496
497
498
499
500
501
502
503
504
505
506
507
508
509
510
511
512
513
514
515
516
517
518
519
520
521
522
523
524
525
526
527
528
529
530
531
532
533
534
535
536
537
538
539
540
541
542
543
544
545
546
547
548
549
550
551
552
553
554
555
556
557
558
559
560
561
562
563
564
565
566
567
568
569
570
571
572
573
574
575
576
577
578
579
580
581
582
583
584
585
586
587
588
589
590
591
592
593
594
595
596
597
598
599
600
601
602
603
604
605
606
607
608
609
610
611
612
613
614
615
616
617
618
619
620
621
622
623
624
625
626
627
628
629
630
631
632
633
634
635
636
637
638
639
640
641
642
643
644
645
646
647
648
649
650
651
652
653
654
655
656
657
658
659
660
661
662
663
664
665
666
667
668
669
670
671
672
673
674
675
676
677
678
679
680
681
682
683
684
685
686
687
688
689
690
691
692
693
694
695
696
697
698
699
700
701
702
703
704
705
706
707
708
709
710
711
712
713
714
715
716
717
718
719
720
721
722
723
724
725
726
727
728
729
730
731
732
733
734
735
736
737
738
739
740
741
742
743
744
745
746
747
748
749
750
751
752
753
754
755
756
757
758
759
760
761
762
763
764
765
766
767
768
769
770
771
772
773
774
775
776
777
778
779
780
781
782
783
784
785
786
787
788
789
790
791
792
793
794
795
796
797
798
799
800
801
802
803
804
805
806
807
808
809
810
811
812
813
814
815
816
817
818
819
820
821
822
823
824
825
826
827
828
829
830
831
832
833
834
835
836
837
838
839
840
841
842
843
844
845
846
847
848
849
850
851
852
853
854
855
856
857
858
859
860
861
862
863
864
865
866
867
868
869
870
871
872
873
874
875
876
877
878
879
880
881
882
883
884
885
886
887
888
889
890
891
892
893
894
895
896
897
898
899
900
901
902
903
904
905
906
907
908
909
910
911
912
913
914
915
916
917
918
919
920
921
922
923
924
925
926
927
928
929
930
931
932
933
934
935
936
937
938
939
940
941
942
943
944
945
946
947
948
949
950
951
952
953
954
955
956
957
958
959
960
961
962
963
964
965
966
967
968
969
970
971
972
973
974
975
976
977
978
979
980
981
982
983
984
985
986
987
988
989
990
991
992
993
994
995
996
997
998
999
1000
1001
1002
1003
1004
1005
1006
1007
1008
1009
1010
1011
1012
1013
1014
1015
1016
1017
1018
1019
1020
1021
1022
1023
1024
1025
1026
1027
1028
1029
1030
1031
1032
1033
1034
1035
1036
1037
1038
1039
1040
1041
1042
1043
1044
1045
1046
1047
1048
1049
1050
1051
1052
1053
1054
1055
1056
1057
1058
1059
1060
1061
1062
1063
1064
1065
1066
1067
1068
1069
1070
1071
1072
1073
1074
1075
1076
1077
1078
1079
1080
1081
1082
1083
1084
1085
1086
1087
1088
1089
1090
1091
1092
1093
1094
1095
1096
1097
1098
1099
1100
1101
1102
1103
1104
1105
1106
1107
1108
1109
1110
1111
1112
1113
1114
1115
1116
1117
1118
1119
1120
1121
1122
1123
1124
1125
1126
1127
1128
1129
1130
1131
1132
1133
1134
1135
1136
1137
1138
1139
1140
1141
1142
1143
1144
1145
1146
1147
1148
1149
1150
1151
1152
1153
1154
1155
1156
1157
1158
1159
1160
1161
1162
1163
1164
1165
1166
1167
1168
1169
1170
1171
1172
1173
1174
1175
1176
1177
1178
1179
1180
1181
1182
1183
1184
1185
1186
1187
1188
1189
1190
1191
1192
1193
1194
1195
1196
1197
1198
1199
1200
1201
1202
1203
1204
1205
1206
1207
1208
1209
1210
1211
1212
1213
1214
1215
1216
1217
1218
1219
1220
1221
1222
1223
1224
1225
1226
1227
1228
1229
1230
1231
1232
1233
1234
1235
1236
1237
1238
1239
1240
1241
1242
1243
1244
1245
1246
1247
1248
1249
1250
1251
1252
1253
1254
1255
1256
1257
1258
1259
1260
1261
1262
1263
1264
1265
1266
1267
1268
1269
1270
1271
1272
1273
1274
1275
1276
1277
1278
1279
1280
1281
1282
1283
1284
1285
1286
1287
1288
1289
1290
1291
1292
1293
1294
1295
1296
1297
1298
1299
1300
1301
1302
1303
1304
1305
1306
1307
1308
1309
1310
1311
1312
1313
1314
1315
1316
1317
1318
1319
1320
1321
1322
1323
1324
1325
1326
1327
1328
1329
1330
1331
1332
1333
1334
1335
1336
1337
1338
1339
1340
1341
1342
1343
1344
1345
1346
1347
1348
1349
1350
1351
1352
1353
1354
1355
1356
1357
1358
1359
1360
1361
1362
1363
1364
1365
1366
1367
1368
1369
1370
1371
1372
1373
1374
1375
1376
1377
1378
1379
1380
1381
1382
1383
1384
1385
1386
1387
1388
1389
1390
1391
1392
1393
1394
1395
1396
1397
1398
1399
1400
1401
1402
1403
1404
1405
1406
1407
1408
1409
1410
1411
1412
1413
1414
1415
1416
1417
1418
1419
1420
1421
1422
1423
1424
1425
1426
1427
1428
1429
1430
1431
1432
1433
1434
1435
1436
1437
1438
1439
1440
1441
1442
1443
1444
1445
1446
1447
1448
1449
1450
1451
1452
1453
1454
1455
1456
1457
1458
1459
1460
1461
1462
1463
1464
1465
1466
1467
1468
1469
1470
1471
1472
1473
1474
1475
1476
1477
1478
1479
1480
1481
1482
1483
1484
1485
1486
1487
1488
1489
1490
1491
1492
1493
1494
1495
1496
1497
1498
1499
1500
1501
1502
1503
1504
1505
1506
1507
1508
1509
1510
1511
1512
1513
1514
1515
1516
1517
1518
1519
1520
1521
1522
1523
1524
1525
1526
1527
1528
1529
1530
1531
1532
1533
1534
1535
1536
1537
1538
1539
1540
1541
1542
1543
1544
1545
1546
1547
1548
1549
1550
1551
1552
1553
1554
1555
1556
1557
1558
1559
1560
1561
1562
1563
1564
1565
1566
1567
1568
1569
1570
1571
1572
1573
1574
1575
1576
1577
1578
1579
1580
1581
1582
1583
1584
1585
1586
1587
1588
1589
1590
1591
1592
1593
1594
1595
1596
1597
1598
1599
1600
1601
1602
1603
1604
1605
1606
1607
1608
1609
1610
1611
1612
1613
1614
1615
1616
1617
1618
1619
1620
1621
1622
1623
1624
1625
1626
1627
1628
1629
1630
1631
1632
1633
1634
1635
1636
1637
1638
1639
1640
1641
1642
1643
1644
1645
1646
1647
1648
1649
1650
1651
1652
1653
1654
1655
1656
1657
1658
1659
1660
1661
1662
1663
1664
1665
1666
1667
1668
1669
1670
1671
1672
1673
1674
1675
1676
1677
1678
1679
1680
1681
1682
1683
1684
1685
1686
1687
1688
1689
1690
1691
1692
1693
1694
1695
1696
1697
1698
1699
1700
1701
1702
1703
1704
1705
1706
1707
1708
1709
1710
1711
1712
1713
1714
1715
1716
1717
1718
1719
1720
1721
1722
1723
1724
1725
1726
1727
1728
1729
1730
1731
1732
1733
1734
1735
1736
1737
1738
1739
1740
1741
1742
1743
1744
1745
1746
1747
1748
1749
1750
1751
1752
1753
1754
1755
1756
1757
1758
1759
1760
1761
1762
1763
1764
1765
1766
1767
1768
1769
1770
1771
1772
1773
1774
1775
1776
1777
1778
1779
1780
1781
1782
1783
1784
1785
1786
1787
1788
1789
1790
1791
1792
1793
1794
1795
1796
1797
1798
1799
1800
1801
1802
1803
1804
1805
1806
1807
1808
1809
1810
1811
1812
1813
1814
1815
1816
1817
1818
1819
1820
1821
1822
1823
1824
1825
1826
1827
1828
1829
1830
1831
1832
1833
1834
1835
1836
1837
1838
1839
1840
1841
1842
1843
1844
1845
1846
1847
1848
1849
1850
1851
1852
1853
1854
1855
1856
1857
1858
1859
1860
1861
1862
1863
1864
1865
1866
1867
1868
1869
1870
1871
1872
1873
1874
1875
1876
1877
1878
1879
1880
1881
1882
1883
1884
1885
1886
1887
1888
1889
1890
1891
1892
1893
1894
1895
1896
1897
1898
1899
1900
1901
1902
1903
1904
1905
1906
1907
1908
1909
1910
1911
1912
1913
1914
1915
1916
1917
1918
1919
1920
1921
1922
1923
1924
1925
1926
1927
1928
1929
1930
1931
1932
1933
1934
1935
1936
1937
1938
1939
1940
1941
1942
1943
1944
1945
1946
1947
1948
1949
1950
1951
1952
1953
1954
1955
1956
1957
1958
1959
1960
1961
1962
1963
1964
1965
1966
1967
1968
1969
1970
1971
1972
1973
1974
1975
1976
1977
1978
1979
1980
1981
1982
1983
1984
1985
1986
1987
1988
1989
1990
1991
1992
1993
1994
1995
1996
1997
1998
1999
2000
2001
2002
2003
2004
2005
2006
2007
2008
2009
2010
2011
2012
2013
2014
2015
2016
2017
2018
2019
2020
2021
2022
2023
2024
2025
2026
2027
2028
2029
2030
2031
2032
2033
2034
2035
2036
2037
2038
2039
2040
2041
2042
2043
2044
2045
2046
2047
2048
2049
2050
2051
2052
2053
2054
2055
2056
2057
2058
2059
2060
2061
2062
2063
2064
2065
2066
2067
2068
2069
2070
2071
2072
2073
2074
2075
2076
2077
2078
2079
2080
2081
2082
2083
2084
2085
2086
2087
2088
2089
2090
2091
2092
2093
2094
2095
2096
2097
2098
2099
2100
2101
2102
2103
2104
2105
2106
2107
2108
2109
2110
2111
2112
2113
2114
2115
2116
2117
2118
2119
2120
2121
2122
2123
2124
2125
2126
2127
2128
2129
2130
2131
2132
2133
2134
2135
2136
2137
2138
2139
2140
2141
2142
2143
2144
2145
2146
2147
2148
2149
2150
2151
2152
2153
2154
2155
2156
2157
2158
2159
2160
2161
2162
2163
2164
2165
2166
2167
2168
2169
2170
2171
2172
2173
2174
2175
2176
2177
2178
2179
2180
2181
2182
2183
2184
2185
2186
2187
2188
2189
2190
2191
2192
2193
2194
2195
2196
2197
2198
2199
2200
2201
2202
2203
2204
2205
2206
2207
2208
2209
2210
2211
2212
2213
2214
2215
2216
2217
2218
2219
2220
2221
2222
2223
2224
2225
2226
2227
2228
2229
2230
2231
2232
2233
2234
2235
2236
2237
2238
2239
2240
2241
2242
2243
2244
2245
2246
2247
2248
2249
2250
2251
2252
2253
2254
2255
2256
2257
2258
2259
2260
2261
2262
2263
2264
2265
2266
2267
2268
2269
2270
2271
2272
2273
2274
2275
2276
2277
2278
2279
2280
2281
2282
2283
2284
2285
2286
2287
2288
2289
2290
2291
2292
2293
2294
2295
2296
2297
2298
2299
2300
2301
2302
2303
2304
2305
2306
2307
2308
2309
2310
2311
2312
2313
2314
2315
2316
2317
2318
2319
2320
2321
2322
2323
2324
2325
2326
2327
2328
2329
2330
2331
2332
2333
2334
2335
2336
2337
2338
2339
2340
2341
2342
2343
2344
2345
2346
2347
2348
2349
2350
2351
2352
2353
2354
2355
2356
2357
2358
2359
2360
2361
2362
2363
2364
2365
2366
2367
2368
2369
2370
2371
2372
2373
2374
2375
2376
2377
2378
2379
2380
2381
2382
2383
2384
2385
2386
2387
2388
2389
2390
2391
2392
2393
2394
2395
2396
2397
2398
2399
2400
2401
2402
2403
2404
2405
2406
2407
2408
2409
2410
2411
2412
2413
2414
2415
2416
2417
2418
2419
2420
2421
2422
2423
2424
2425
2426
2427
2428
2429
2430
2431
2432
2433
2434
2435
2436
2437
2438
2439
2440
2441
2442
2443
2444
2445
2446
2447
2448
2449
2450
2451
2452
2453
2454
2455
2456
2457
2458
2459
2460
2461
2462
2463
2464
2465
2466
2467
2468
2469
2470
2471
2472
2473
2474
2475
2476
2477
2478
2479
2480
2481
2482
2483
2484
2485
2486
2487
2488
2489
2490
2491
2492
2493
2494
2495
2496
2497
2498
2499
2500
2501
2502
2503
2504
2505
2506
2507
2508
2509
2510
2511
2512
2513
2514
2515
2516
2517
2518
2519
2520
2521
2522
2523
2524
2525
2526
2527
2528
2529
2530
2531
2532
2533
2534
2535
2536
2537
2538
2539
2540
2541
2542
2543
2544
2545
2546
2547
2548
2549
2550
2551
2552
2553
2554
2555
2556
2557
2558
2559
2560
2561
2562
2563
2564
2565
2566
2567
2568
2569
2570
2571
2572
2573
2574
2575
2576
2577
2578
2579
2580
2581
2582
2583
2584
2585
2586
2587
2588
2589
2590
2591
2592
2593
2594
2595
2596
2597
2598
2599
2600
2601
2602
2603
2604
2605
2606
2607
2608
2609
2610
2611
2612
2613
2614
2615
2616
2617
2618
2619
2620
2621
2622
2623
2624
2625
2626
2627
2628
2629
2630
2631
2632
2633
2634
2635
2636
2637
2638
2639
2640
2641
2642
2643
2644
2645
2646
2647
2648
2649
2650
2651
2652
2653
2654
2655
2656
2657
2658
2659
2660
2661
2662
2663
2664
2665
2666
2667
2668
2669
2670
2671
2672
2673
2674
2675
2676
2677
2678
2679
2680
2681
2682
2683
2684
2685
2686
2687
2688
2689
2690
2691
2692
2693
2694
2695
2696
2697
2698
2699
2700
2701
2702
2703
2704
2705
2706
2707
2708
2709
2710
2711
2712
2713
2714
2715
2716
2717
2718
2719
2720
2721
2722
2723
2724
2725
2726
2727
2728
2729
2730
2731
2732
2733
2734
2735
2736
2737
2738
2739
2740
2741
2742
2743
2744
2745
2746
2747
2748
2749
2750
2751
2752
2753
2754
2755
2756
2757
2758
2759
2760
2761
2762
2763
2764
2765
2766
2767
2768
2769
2770
2771
2772
2773
2774
2775
2776
2777
2778
2779
2780
2781
2782
2783
2784
2785
2786
2787
2788
2789
2790
2791
2792
2793
2794
2795
2796
2797
2798
2799
2800
2801
2802
2803
2804
2805
2806
2807
2808
2809
2810
2811
2812
2813
2814
2815
2816
2817
2818
2819
2820
2821
2822
2823
2824
2825
2826
2827
2828
2829
2830
2831
2832
2833
2834
2835
2836
2837
2838
2839
2840
2841
2842
2843
2844
2845
2846
2847
2848
2849
2850
2851
2852
2853
2854
2855
2856
2857
2858
2859
2860
2861
2862
2863
2864
2865
2866
2867
2868
2869
2870
2871
2872
2873
2874
2875
2876
2877
2878
2879
2880
2881
2882
2883
2884
2885
2886
2887
2888
2889
2890
2891
2892
2893
2894
2895
2896
2897
2898
2899
2900
2901
2902
2903
2904
2905
2906
2907
2908
2909
2910
2911
2912
2913
2914
2915
2916
2917
2918
2919
2920
2921
2922
2923
2924
2925
2926
2927
2928
2929
2930
2931
2932
2933
2934
2935
2936
2937
2938
2939
2940
2941
2942
2943
2944
2945
2946
2947
2948
2949
2950
2951
2952
2953
2954
2955
2956
2957
2958
2959
2960
2961
2962
2963
2964
2965
2966
2967
2968
2969
2970
2971
2972
2973
2974
2975
2976
2977
2978
2979
2980
2981
2982
2983
2984
2985
2986
2987
2988
2989
2990
2991
2992
2993
2994
2995
2996
2997
2998
2999
3000
3001
3002
3003
3004
3005
3006
3007
3008
3009
3010
3011
3012
3013
3014
3015
3016
3017
3018
3019
3020
3021
3022
3023
3024
3025
3026
3027
3028
3029
3030
3031
3032
3033
3034
3035
3036
3037
3038
3039
3040
3041
3042
3043
3044
3045
3046
3047
3048
3049
3050
3051
3052
3053
3054
3055
3056
3057
3058
3059
3060
3061
3062
3063
3064
3065
3066
3067
3068
3069
3070
3071
3072
3073
3074
3075
3076
3077
3078
3079
3080
3081
3082
3083
3084
3085
3086
3087
3088
3089
3090
3091
3092
3093
3094
3095
3096
3097
3098
3099
3100
3101
3102
3103
3104
3105
3106
3107
3108
3109
3110
3111
3112
3113
3114
3115
3116
3117
3118
3119
3120
3121
3122
3123
3124
3125
3126
3127
3128
3129
3130
3131
3132
3133
3134
3135
3136
3137
3138
3139
3140
3141
3142
3143
3144
3145
3146
3147
3148
3149
3150
3151
3152
3153
3154
3155
3156
3157
3158
3159
3160
3161
3162
3163
3164
3165
3166
3167
3168
3169
3170
3171
3172
3173
3174
3175
3176
3177
3178
3179
3180
3181
3182
3183
3184
3185
3186
3187
3188
3189
3190
3191
3192
3193
3194
3195
3196
3197
3198
3199
3200
3201
3202
3203
3204
3205
3206
3207
3208
3209
3210
3211
3212
3213
3214
3215
3216
3217
3218
3219
3220
3221
3222
3223
3224
3225
3226
3227
3228
3229
3230
3231
3232
3233
3234
3235
3236
3237
3238
3239
3240
3241
3242
3243
3244
3245
3246
3247
3248
3249
3250
3251
3252
3253
3254
3255
3256
3257
3258
3259
3260
3261
3262
3263
3264
3265
3266
3267
3268
3269
3270
3271
3272
3273
3274
3275
3276
3277
3278
3279
3280
3281
3282
3283
3284
3285
3286
3287
3288
3289
3290
3291
3292
3293
3294
3295
3296
3297
3298
3299
3300
3301
3302
3303
3304
3305
3306
3307
3308
3309
3310
3311
3312
3313
3314
3315
3316
3317
3318
3319
3320
3321
3322
3323
3324
3325
3326
3327
3328
3329
3330
3331
3332
3333
3334
3335
3336
3337
3338
3339
3340
3341
3342
3343
3344
3345
3346
3347
3348
3349
3350
3351
3352
3353
3354
3355
3356
3357
3358
3359
3360
3361
3362
3363
3364
3365
3366
3367
3368
3369
3370
3371
3372
3373
3374
3375
3376
3377
3378
3379
3380
3381
3382
3383
3384
3385
3386
3387
3388
3389
3390
3391
3392
3393
3394
3395
3396
3397
3398
3399
3400
3401
3402
3403
3404
3405
3406
3407
3408
3409
3410
3411
3412
3413
3414
3415
3416
3417
3418
3419
3420
3421
3422
3423
3424
3425
3426
3427
3428
3429
3430
3431
3432
3433
3434
3435
3436
3437
3438
3439
3440
3441
3442
3443
3444
3445
3446
3447
3448
3449
3450
3451
3452
3453
3454
3455
3456
3457
3458
3459
3460
3461
3462
3463
3464
3465
3466
3467
3468
3469
3470
3471
3472
3473
3474
3475
3476
3477
3478
3479
3480
3481
3482
3483
3484
3485
3486
3487
3488
3489
3490
3491
3492
3493
3494
3495
3496
3497
3498
3499
3500
3501
3502
3503
3504
3505
3506
3507
3508
3509
3510
3511
3512
3513
3514
3515
3516
3517
3518
3519
3520
3521
3522
3523
3524
3525
3526
3527
3528
3529
3530
3531
3532
3533
3534
3535
3536
3537
3538
3539
3540
3541
3542
3543
3544
3545
3546
3547
3548
3549
3550
3551
3552
3553
3554
3555
3556
3557
3558
3559
3560
3561
3562
3563
3564
3565
3566
3567
3568
3569
3570
3571
3572
3573
3574
3575
3576
3577
3578
3579
3580
3581
3582
3583
3584
3585
3586
3587
3588
3589
3590
3591
3592
3593
3594
3595
3596
3597
3598
3599
3600
3601
3602
3603
3604
3605
3606
3607
3608
3609
3610
3611
3612
3613
3614
3615
3616
3617
3618
3619
3620
3621
3622
3623
3624
3625
3626
3627
3628
3629
3630
3631
3632
3633
3634
3635
3636
3637
3638
3639
3640
3641
3642
3643
3644
3645
3646
3647
3648
3649
3650
3651
3652
3653
3654
3655
3656
3657
3658
3659
3660
3661
3662
3663
3664
3665
3666
3667
3668
3669
3670
3671
3672
3673
3674
3675
3676
3677
3678
3679
3680
3681
3682
3683
3684
3685
3686
3687
3688
3689
3690
3691
3692
3693
3694
3695
3696
3697
3698
3699
3700
3701
3702
3703
3704
3705
3706
3707
3708
3709
3710
3711
3712
3713
3714
3715
3716
3717
3718
3719
3720
3721
3722
3723
3724
3725
3726
3727
3728
3729
3730
3731
3732
3733
3734
3735
3736
3737
3738
3739
3740
3741
3742
3743
3744
3745
3746
3747
3748
3749
3750
3751
3752
3753
3754
3755
3756
3757
3758
3759
3760
3761
3762
3763
3764
3765
3766
3767
3768
3769
3770
3771
3772
3773
3774
3775
3776
3777
3778
3779
3780
3781
3782
3783
3784
3785
3786
3787
3788
3789
3790
3791
3792
3793
3794
3795
3796
3797
3798
3799
3800
3801
3802
3803
3804
3805
3806
3807
3808
3809
3810
3811
3812
3813
3814
3815
3816
3817
3818
3819
3820
3821
3822
3823
3824
3825
3826
3827
3828
3829
3830
3831
3832
3833
3834
3835
3836
3837
3838
3839
3840
3841
3842
3843
3844
3845
3846
3847
3848
3849
3850
3851
3852
3853
3854
3855
3856
3857
3858
3859
3860
3861
3862
3863
3864
3865
3866
3867
3868
3869
3870
3871
3872
3873
3874
3875
3876
3877
3878
3879
3880
3881
3882
3883
3884
3885
3886
3887
3888
3889
3890
3891
3892
3893
3894
3895
3896
3897
3898
3899
3900
3901
3902
3903
3904
3905
3906
3907
3908
3909
3910
3911
3912
3913
3914
3915
3916
3917
3918
3919
3920
3921
3922
3923
3924
3925
3926
3927
3928
3929
3930
3931
3932
3933
3934
3935
3936
3937
3938
3939
3940
3941
3942
3943
3944
3945
3946
3947
3948
3949
3950
3951
3952
3953
3954
3955
3956
3957
3958
3959
3960
3961
3962
3963
3964
3965
3966
3967
3968
3969
3970
3971
3972
3973
3974
3975
3976
3977
3978
3979
3980
3981
3982
3983
3984
3985
3986
3987
3988
3989
3990
3991
3992
3993
3994
3995
3996
3997
3998
3999
4000
4001
4002
4003
4004
4005
4006
4007
4008
4009
4010
4011
4012
4013
4014
4015
4016
4017
4018
4019
4020
4021
4022
4023
4024
4025
4026
4027
4028
4029
4030
4031
4032
4033
4034
4035
4036
4037
4038
4039
4040
4041
4042
4043
4044
4045
4046
4047
4048
4049
4050
4051
4052
4053
4054
4055
4056
4057
4058
4059
4060
4061
4062
4063
4064
4065
4066
4067
4068
4069
4070
4071
4072
4073
4074
4075
4076
4077
4078
4079
4080
4081
4082
4083
4084
4085
4086
4087
4088
4089
4090
4091
4092
4093
4094
4095
4096
4097
4098
4099
4100
4101
4102
4103
4104
4105
4106
4107
4108
4109
4110
4111
4112
4113
4114
4115
4116
4117
4118
4119
4120
4121
4122
4123
4124
4125
4126
4127
4128
4129
4130
4131
4132
4133
4134
4135
4136
4137
4138
4139
4140
4141
4142
4143
4144
4145
4146
4147
4148
4149
4150
4151
4152
4153
4154
4155
4156
4157
4158
4159
4160
4161
4162
4163
4164
4165
4166
4167
4168
4169
4170
4171
4172
4173
4174
4175
4176
4177
4178
4179
4180
4181
4182
4183
4184
4185
4186
4187
4188
4189
4190
4191
4192
4193
4194
4195
4196
4197
4198
4199
4200
4201
4202
4203
4204
4205
4206
4207
4208
4209
4210
4211
4212
4213
4214
4215
4216
4217
4218
4219
4220
4221
4222
4223
4224
4225
4226
4227
4228
4229
4230
4231
4232
4233
4234
4235
4236
4237
4238
4239
4240
4241
4242
4243
4244
4245
4246
4247
4248
4249
4250
4251
4252
4253
4254
4255
4256
4257
4258
4259
4260
4261
4262
4263
4264
4265
4266
4267
4268
4269
4270
4271
4272
4273
4274
4275
4276
4277
4278
4279
4280
4281
4282
4283
4284
4285
4286
4287
4288
4289
4290
4291
4292
4293
4294
4295
4296
4297
4298
4299
4300
4301
4302
4303
4304
4305
4306
4307
4308
4309
4310
4311
4312
4313
4314
4315
4316
4317
4318
4319
4320
4321
4322
4323
4324
4325
4326
4327
4328
4329
4330
4331
4332
4333
4334
4335
4336
4337
4338
4339
4340
4341
4342
4343
4344
4345
4346
4347
4348
4349
4350
4351
4352
4353
4354
4355
4356
4357
4358
4359
4360
4361
4362
4363
4364
4365
4366
4367
4368
4369
4370
4371
4372
4373
4374
4375
4376
4377
4378
4379
4380
4381
4382
4383
4384
4385
4386
4387
4388
4389
4390
4391
4392
4393
4394
4395
4396
4397
4398
4399
4400
4401
4402
4403
4404
4405
4406
4407
4408
4409
4410
4411
4412
4413
4414
4415
4416
4417
4418
4419
4420
4421
4422
4423
4424
4425
4426
4427
4428
4429
4430
4431
4432
4433
4434
4435
4436
4437
4438
4439
4440
4441
4442
4443
4444
4445
4446
4447
4448
4449
4450
4451
4452
4453
4454
4455
4456
4457
4458
4459
4460
4461
4462
4463
4464
4465
4466
4467
4468
4469
4470
4471
4472
4473
4474
4475
4476
4477
4478
4479
4480
4481
4482
4483
4484
4485
4486
4487
4488
4489
4490
4491
4492
4493
4494
4495
4496
4497
4498
4499
4500
4501
4502
4503
4504
4505
4506
4507
4508
4509
4510
4511
4512
4513
4514
4515
4516
4517
4518
4519
4520
4521
4522
4523
4524
4525
4526
4527
4528
4529
4530
4531
4532
4533
4534
4535
4536
4537
4538
4539
4540
4541
4542
4543
4544
4545
4546
4547
4548
4549
4550
4551
4552
4553
4554
4555
4556
4557
4558
4559
4560
4561
4562
4563
4564
4565
4566
4567
4568
4569
4570
4571
4572
4573
4574
4575
4576
4577
4578
4579
4580
4581
4582
4583
4584
4585
4586
4587
4588
4589
4590
4591
4592
4593
4594
4595
4596
4597
4598
4599
4600
4601
4602
4603
4604
4605
4606
4607
4608
4609
4610
4611
4612
4613
4614
4615
4616
4617
4618
4619
4620
4621
4622
4623
4624
4625
4626
4627
4628
4629
4630
4631
4632
4633
4634
4635
4636
4637
4638
4639
4640
4641
4642
4643
4644
4645
4646
4647
4648
4649
4650
4651
4652
4653
4654
4655
4656
4657
4658
4659
4660
4661
4662
4663
4664
4665
4666
4667
4668
4669
4670
4671
4672
4673
4674
4675
4676
4677
4678
4679
4680
4681
4682
4683
4684
4685
4686
4687
4688
4689
4690
4691
4692
4693
4694
4695
4696
4697
4698
4699
4700
4701
4702
4703
4704
4705
4706
4707
4708
4709
4710
4711
4712
4713
4714
4715
4716
4717
4718
4719
4720
4721
4722
4723
4724
4725
4726
4727
4728
4729
4730
4731
4732
4733
4734
4735
4736
4737
4738
4739
4740
4741
4742
4743
4744
4745
4746
4747
4748
4749
4750
4751
4752
4753
4754
4755
4756
4757
4758
4759
4760
4761
4762
4763
4764
4765
4766
4767
4768
4769
4770
4771
4772
4773
4774
4775
4776
4777
4778
4779
4780
4781
4782
4783
4784
4785
4786
4787
4788
4789
4790
4791
4792
4793
4794
4795
4796
4797
4798
4799
4800
4801
4802
4803
4804
4805
4806
4807
4808
4809
4810
4811
4812
4813
4814
4815
4816
4817
4818
4819
4820
4821
4822
4823
4824
4825
4826
4827
4828
4829
4830
4831
4832
4833
4834
4835
4836
4837
4838
4839
4840
4841
4842
4843
4844
4845
4846
4847
4848
4849
4850
4851
4852
4853
4854
4855
4856
4857
4858
4859
4860
4861
4862
4863
4864
4865
4866
4867
4868
4869
4870
4871
4872
4873
4874
4875
4876
4877
4878
4879
4880
4881
4882
4883
4884
4885
4886
4887
4888
4889
4890
4891
4892
4893
4894
4895
4896
4897
4898
4899
4900
4901
4902
4903
4904
4905
4906
4907
4908
4909
4910
4911
4912
4913
4914
4915
4916
4917
4918
4919
4920
4921
4922
4923
4924
4925
4926
4927
4928
4929
4930
4931
4932
4933
4934
4935
4936
4937
4938
4939
4940
4941
4942
4943
4944
4945
4946
4947
4948
4949
4950
4951
4952
4953
4954
4955
4956
4957
4958
4959
4960
4961
4962
4963
4964
4965
4966
4967
4968
4969
4970
4971
4972
4973
4974
4975
4976
4977
4978
4979
4980
4981
4982
4983
4984
4985
4986
4987
4988
4989
4990
4991
4992
4993
4994
4995
4996
4997
4998
4999
5000
5001
5002
5003
5004
5005
5006
5007
5008
5009
5010
5011
5012
5013
5014
5015
5016
5017
5018
5019
5020
5021
5022
5023
5024
5025
5026
5027
5028
5029
5030
5031
5032
5033
5034
5035
5036
5037
5038
5039
5040
5041
5042
5043
5044
5045
5046
5047
5048
5049
5050
5051
5052
5053
5054
5055
5056
5057
5058
5059
5060
5061
5062
5063
5064
5065
5066
5067
5068
5069
5070
5071
5072
5073
5074
5075
5076
5077
5078
5079
5080
5081
5082
5083
5084
5085
5086
5087
5088
5089
5090
5091
5092
5093
5094
5095
5096
5097
5098
5099
5100
5101
5102
5103
5104
5105
5106
5107
5108
5109
5110
5111
5112
5113
5114
5115
5116
5117
5118
5119
5120
5121
5122
5123
5124
5125
5126
5127
5128
5129
5130
5131
5132
5133
5134
5135
5136
5137
5138
5139
5140
5141
5142
5143
5144
5145
5146
5147
5148
5149
5150
5151
5152
5153
5154
5155
5156
5157
5158
5159
5160
5161
5162
5163
5164
5165
5166
5167
5168
5169
5170
5171
5172
5173
5174
5175
5176
5177
5178
5179
5180
5181
5182
5183
5184
5185
5186
5187
5188
5189
5190
5191
5192
5193
5194
5195
5196
5197
5198
5199
5200
5201
5202
5203
5204
5205
5206
5207
5208
5209
5210
5211
5212
5213
5214
5215
5216
5217
5218
5219
5220
5221
5222
5223
5224
5225
5226
5227
5228
5229
5230
5231
5232
5233
5234
5235
5236
5237
5238
5239
5240
5241
5242
5243
5244
5245
5246
5247
5248
5249
5250
5251
5252
5253
5254
5255
5256
5257
5258
5259
5260
5261
5262
5263
5264
5265
5266
5267
5268
5269
5270
5271
5272
5273
5274
5275
5276
5277
5278
5279
5280
5281
5282
5283
5284
5285
5286
5287
5288
5289
5290
5291
5292
5293
5294
5295
5296
5297
5298
5299
5300
5301
5302
5303
5304
5305
5306
5307
5308
5309
5310
5311
5312
5313
5314
5315
5316
5317
5318
5319
5320
5321
5322
5323
5324
5325
5326
5327
5328
5329
5330
5331
5332
5333
5334
5335
5336
5337
5338
5339
5340
5341
5342
5343
5344
5345
5346
5347
5348
5349
5350
5351
5352
5353
5354
5355
5356
5357
5358
5359
5360
5361
5362
5363
5364
5365
5366
5367
5368
5369
5370
5371
5372
5373
5374
5375
5376
5377
5378
5379
5380
5381
5382
5383
5384
5385
5386
5387
5388
5389
5390
5391
5392
5393
5394
5395
5396
5397
5398
5399
5400
5401
5402
5403
5404
5405
5406
5407
5408
5409
5410
5411
5412
5413
5414
5415
5416
5417
5418
5419
5420
5421
5422
5423
5424
5425
5426
5427
5428
5429
5430
5431
5432
5433
5434
5435
5436
5437
5438
5439
5440
5441
5442
5443
5444
5445
5446
5447
5448
5449
5450
5451
5452
5453
5454
5455
5456
5457
5458
5459
5460
5461
5462
5463
5464
5465
5466
5467
5468
5469
5470
5471
5472
5473
5474
5475
5476
5477
5478
5479
5480
5481
5482
5483
5484
5485
5486
5487
5488
5489
5490
5491
5492
5493
5494
5495
5496
5497
5498
5499
5500
5501
5502
5503
5504
5505
5506
5507
5508
5509
5510
5511
5512
5513
5514
5515
5516
5517
5518
5519
5520
5521
5522
5523
5524
5525
5526
5527
5528
5529
5530
5531
5532
5533
5534
5535
5536
5537
5538
5539
5540
5541
5542
5543
5544
5545
5546
5547
5548
5549
5550
5551
5552
5553
5554
5555
5556
5557
5558
5559
5560
5561
5562
5563
5564
5565
5566
5567
5568
5569
5570
5571
5572
5573
5574
5575
5576
5577
5578
5579
5580
5581
5582
5583
5584
5585
5586
5587
5588
5589
5590
5591
5592
5593
5594
5595
5596
5597
5598
5599
5600
5601
5602
5603
5604
5605
5606
5607
5608
5609
5610
5611
5612
5613
5614
5615
5616
5617
5618
5619
5620
5621
5622
5623
5624
5625
5626
5627
5628
5629
5630
5631
5632
5633
5634
5635
5636
5637
5638
5639
5640
5641
5642
5643
5644
5645
5646
5647
5648
5649
5650
5651
5652
5653
5654
5655
5656
5657
5658
5659
5660
5661
5662
5663
5664
5665
5666
5667
5668
5669
5670
5671
5672
5673
5674
5675
5676
5677
5678
5679
5680
5681
5682
5683
5684
5685
5686
5687
5688
5689
5690
5691
5692
5693
5694
5695
5696
5697
5698
5699
5700
5701
5702
5703
5704
5705
5706
5707
5708
5709
5710
5711
5712
5713
5714
5715
5716
5717
5718
5719
5720
5721
5722
5723
5724
5725
5726
5727
5728
5729
5730
5731
5732
5733
5734
5735
5736
5737
5738
5739
5740
5741
5742
5743
5744
5745
5746
5747
5748
5749
5750
5751
5752
5753
5754
5755
5756
5757
5758
5759
5760
5761
5762
5763
5764
5765
5766
5767
5768
5769
5770
5771
5772
5773
5774
5775
5776
5777
5778
5779
5780
5781
5782
5783
5784
5785
5786
5787
5788
5789
5790
5791
5792
5793
5794
5795
5796
5797
5798
5799
5800
5801
5802
5803
5804
5805
5806
5807
5808
5809
5810
5811
5812
5813
5814
5815
5816
5817
5818
5819
5820
5821
5822
5823
5824
5825
5826
5827
5828
5829
5830
5831
5832
5833
5834
5835
5836
5837
5838
5839
5840
5841
5842
5843
5844
5845
5846
5847
5848
5849
5850
5851
5852
5853
5854
5855
5856
5857
5858
5859
5860
5861
5862
5863
5864
5865
5866
5867
5868
5869
5870
5871
5872
5873
5874
5875
5876
5877
5878
5879
5880
5881
5882
5883
5884
5885
5886
5887
5888
5889
5890
5891
5892
5893
5894
5895
5896
5897
5898
5899
5900
5901
5902
5903
5904
5905
5906
5907
5908
5909
5910
5911
5912
5913
5914
5915
5916
5917
5918
5919
5920
5921
5922
5923
5924
5925
5926
5927
5928
5929
5930
5931
5932
5933
5934
5935
5936
5937
5938
5939
5940
5941
5942
5943
5944
5945
5946
5947
5948
5949
5950
5951
5952
5953
5954
5955
5956
5957
5958
5959
5960
5961
5962
5963
5964
5965
5966
5967
5968
5969
5970
5971
5972
5973
5974
5975
5976
5977
5978
5979
5980
5981
5982
5983
5984
5985
5986
5987
5988
5989
5990
5991
5992
5993
5994
5995
5996
5997
5998
5999
6000
6001
6002
6003
6004
6005
6006
6007
6008
6009
6010
6011
6012
6013
6014
6015
6016
6017
6018
6019
6020
6021
6022
6023
6024
6025
6026
6027
6028
6029
6030
6031
6032
6033
6034
6035
6036
6037
6038
6039
6040
6041
6042
6043
6044
6045
6046
6047
6048
6049
6050
6051
6052
6053
6054
6055
6056
6057
6058
6059
6060
6061
6062
6063
6064
6065
6066
6067
6068
6069
6070
6071
6072
6073
6074
6075
6076
6077
6078
6079
6080
6081
6082
6083
6084
6085
6086
6087
6088
6089
6090
6091
6092
6093
6094
6095
6096
6097
6098
6099
6100
6101
6102
6103
6104
6105
6106
6107
6108
6109
6110
6111
6112
6113
6114
6115
6116
6117
6118
6119
6120
6121
6122
6123
6124
6125
6126
6127
6128
6129
6130
6131
6132
6133
6134
6135
6136
6137
6138
6139
6140
6141
6142
6143
6144
6145
6146
6147
6148
6149
6150
6151
6152
6153
6154
6155
6156
6157
6158
6159
6160
6161
6162
6163
6164
6165
6166
6167
6168
6169
6170
6171
6172
6173
6174
6175
6176
6177
6178
6179
6180
6181
6182
6183
6184
6185
6186
6187
6188
6189
6190
6191
6192
6193
6194
6195
6196
6197
6198
6199
6200
6201
6202
6203
6204
6205
6206
6207
6208
6209
6210
6211
6212
6213
6214
6215
6216
6217
6218
6219
6220
6221
6222
6223
6224
6225
6226
6227
6228
6229
6230
6231
6232
6233
6234
6235
6236
6237
6238
6239
6240
6241
6242
6243
6244
6245
6246
6247
6248
6249
6250
6251
6252
6253
6254
6255
6256
6257
6258
6259
6260
6261
6262
6263
6264
6265
6266
6267
6268
6269
6270
6271
6272
6273
6274
6275
6276
6277
6278
6279
6280
6281
6282
6283
6284
6285
6286
6287
6288
6289
6290
6291
6292
6293
6294
6295
6296
6297
6298
6299
6300
6301
6302
6303
6304
6305
6306
6307
6308
6309
6310
6311
6312
6313
6314
6315
6316
6317
6318
6319
6320
6321
6322
6323
6324
6325
6326
6327
6328
6329
6330
6331
6332
6333
6334
6335
6336
6337
6338
6339
6340
6341
6342
6343
6344
6345
6346
6347
6348
6349
6350
6351
6352
6353
6354
6355
6356
6357
6358
6359
6360
6361
6362
6363
6364
6365
6366
6367
6368
6369
6370
6371
6372
6373
6374
6375
6376
6377
6378
6379
6380
6381
6382
6383
6384
6385
6386
6387
6388
6389
6390
6391
6392
6393
6394
6395
6396
6397
6398
6399
6400
6401
6402
6403
6404
6405
6406
6407
6408
6409
6410
6411
6412
6413
6414
6415
6416
6417
6418
6419
6420
6421
6422
6423
6424
6425
6426
6427
6428
6429
6430
6431
6432
6433
6434
6435
6436
6437
6438
6439
6440
6441
6442
6443
6444
6445
6446
6447
6448
6449
6450
6451
6452
6453
6454
6455
6456
6457
6458
6459
6460
6461
6462
6463
6464
6465
6466
6467
6468
6469
6470
6471
6472
6473
6474
6475
6476
6477
6478
6479
6480
6481
6482
6483
6484
6485
6486
6487
6488
6489
6490
6491
6492
6493
6494
6495
6496
6497
6498
6499
6500
6501
6502
6503
6504
6505
6506
6507
6508
6509
6510
6511
6512
6513
6514
6515
6516
6517
6518
6519
6520
6521
6522
6523
6524
6525
6526
6527
6528
6529
6530
6531
6532
6533
6534
6535
6536
6537
6538
6539
6540
6541
6542
6543
6544
6545
6546
6547
6548
6549
6550
6551
6552
6553
6554
6555
6556
6557
6558
6559
6560
6561
6562
6563
6564
6565
6566
6567
6568
6569
6570
6571
6572
6573
6574
6575
6576
6577
6578
6579
6580
6581
6582
6583
6584
6585
6586
6587
6588
6589
6590
6591
6592
6593
6594
6595
6596
6597
6598
6599
6600
6601
6602
6603
6604
6605
6606
6607
6608
6609
6610
6611
6612
6613
6614
6615
6616
6617
6618
6619
6620
6621
6622
6623
6624
6625
6626
6627
6628
6629
6630
6631
6632
6633
6634
6635
6636
6637
6638
6639
6640
6641
6642
6643
6644
6645
6646
6647
6648
6649
6650
6651
6652
6653
6654
6655
6656
6657
6658
6659
6660
6661
6662
6663
6664
6665
6666
6667
6668
6669
6670
6671
6672
6673
6674
6675
6676
6677
6678
6679
6680
6681
6682
6683
6684
6685
6686
6687
6688
6689
6690
6691
6692
6693
6694
6695
6696
6697
6698
6699
6700
6701
6702
6703
6704
6705
6706
6707
6708
6709
6710
6711
6712
6713
6714
6715
6716
6717
6718
6719
6720
6721
6722
6723
6724
6725
6726
6727
6728
6729
6730
6731
6732
6733
6734
6735
6736
6737
6738
6739
6740
6741
6742
6743
6744
6745
6746
6747
6748
6749
6750
6751
6752
6753
6754
6755
6756
6757
6758
6759
6760
6761
6762
6763
6764
6765
6766
6767
6768
6769
6770
6771
6772
6773
6774
6775
6776
6777
6778
6779
6780
6781
6782
6783
6784
6785
6786
6787
6788
6789
6790
6791
6792
6793
6794
6795
6796
6797
6798
6799
6800
6801
6802
6803
6804
6805
6806
6807
6808
6809
6810
6811
6812
6813
6814
6815
6816
6817
6818
6819
6820
6821
6822
6823
6824
6825
6826
6827
6828
6829
6830
6831
6832
6833
6834
6835
6836
6837
6838
6839
6840
6841
6842
6843
6844
6845
6846
6847
6848
6849
6850
6851
6852
6853
6854
6855
6856
6857
6858
6859
6860
6861
6862
6863
6864
6865
6866
6867
6868
6869
6870
6871
6872
6873
6874
6875
6876
6877
6878
6879
6880
6881
6882
6883
6884
6885
6886
6887
6888
6889
6890
6891
6892
6893
6894
6895
6896
6897
6898
6899
6900
6901
6902
6903
6904
6905
6906
6907
6908
6909
6910
6911
6912
6913
6914
6915
6916
6917
6918
6919
6920
6921
6922
6923
6924
6925
6926
6927
6928
6929
6930
6931
6932
6933
6934
6935
6936
6937
6938
6939
6940
6941
6942
6943
6944
6945
6946
6947
6948
6949
6950
6951
6952
6953
6954
6955
6956
6957
6958
6959
6960
6961
6962
6963
6964
6965
6966
6967
6968
6969
6970
6971
6972
6973
6974
6975
6976
6977
6978
6979
6980
6981
6982
6983
6984
6985
6986
6987
6988
6989
6990
6991
6992
6993
6994
6995
6996
6997
6998
6999
7000
7001
7002
7003
7004
7005
7006
7007
7008
7009
7010
7011
7012
7013
7014
7015
7016
7017
7018
7019
7020
7021
7022
7023
7024
7025
7026
7027
7028
7029
7030
7031
7032
7033
7034
7035
7036
7037
7038
7039
7040
7041
7042
7043
7044
7045
7046
7047
7048
7049
7050
7051
7052
7053
7054
7055
7056
7057
7058
7059
7060
7061
7062
7063
7064
7065
7066
7067
7068
7069
7070
7071
7072
7073
7074
7075
7076
7077
7078
7079
7080
7081
7082
7083
7084
7085
7086
7087
7088
7089
7090
7091
7092
7093
7094
7095
7096
7097
7098
7099
7100
7101
7102
7103
7104
7105
7106
7107
7108
7109
7110
7111
7112
7113
7114
7115
7116
7117
7118
7119
7120
7121
7122
7123
7124
7125
7126
7127
7128
7129
7130
7131
7132
7133
7134
7135
7136
7137
7138
7139
7140
7141
7142
7143
7144
7145
7146
7147
7148
7149
7150
7151
7152
7153
7154
7155
7156
7157
7158
7159
7160
7161
7162
7163
7164
7165
7166
7167
7168
7169
7170
7171
7172
7173
7174
7175
7176
7177
7178
7179
7180
7181
7182
7183
7184
7185
7186
7187
7188
7189
7190
7191
7192
7193
7194
7195
7196
7197
7198
7199
7200
7201
7202
7203
7204
7205
7206
7207
7208
7209
7210
7211
7212
7213
7214
7215
7216
7217
7218
7219
7220
7221
7222
7223
7224
7225
7226
7227
7228
7229
7230
7231
7232
7233
7234
7235
7236
7237
7238
7239
7240
7241
7242
7243
7244
7245
7246
7247
7248
7249
7250
7251
7252
7253
7254
7255
7256
7257
7258
7259
7260
7261
7262
7263
7264
7265
7266
7267
7268
7269
7270
7271
7272
7273
7274
7275
7276
7277
7278
7279
7280
7281
7282
7283
7284
7285
7286
7287
7288
7289
7290
7291
7292
7293
7294
7295
7296
7297
7298
7299
7300
7301
7302
7303
7304
7305
7306
7307
7308
7309
7310
7311
7312
7313
7314
7315
7316
7317
7318
7319
7320
7321
7322
7323
7324
7325
7326
7327
7328
7329
7330
7331
7332
7333
7334
7335
7336
7337
7338
7339
7340
7341
7342
7343
7344
7345
7346
7347
7348
7349
7350
7351
7352
7353
7354
7355
7356
7357
7358
7359
7360
7361
7362
7363
7364
7365
7366
7367
7368
7369
7370
7371
7372
7373
7374
7375
7376
7377
7378
7379
7380
7381
7382
7383
7384
7385
7386
7387
7388
7389
7390
7391
7392
7393
7394
7395
7396
7397
7398
7399
7400
7401
7402
7403
7404
7405
7406
7407
7408
7409
7410
7411
7412
7413
7414
7415
7416
7417
7418
7419
7420
7421
7422
7423
7424
7425
7426
7427
7428
7429
7430
7431
7432
7433
7434
7435
7436
7437
7438
7439
7440
7441
7442
7443
7444
7445
7446
7447
7448
7449
7450
7451
7452
7453
7454
7455
7456
7457
7458
7459
7460
7461
7462
7463
7464
7465
7466
7467
7468
7469
7470
7471
7472
7473
7474
7475
7476
7477
7478
7479
7480
7481
7482
7483
7484
7485
7486
7487
7488
7489
7490
7491
7492
7493
7494
7495
7496
7497
7498
7499
7500
7501
7502
7503
7504
7505
7506
7507
7508
7509
7510
7511
7512
7513
7514
7515
7516
7517
7518
7519
7520
7521
7522
7523
7524
7525
7526
7527
7528
7529
7530
7531
7532
7533
7534
7535
7536
7537
7538
7539
7540
7541
7542
7543
7544
7545
7546
7547
7548
7549
7550
7551
7552
7553
7554
7555
7556
7557
7558
7559
7560
7561
7562
7563
7564
7565
7566
7567
7568
7569
7570
7571
7572
7573
7574
7575
7576
7577
7578
7579
7580
7581
7582
7583
7584
7585
7586
7587
7588
7589
7590
7591
7592
7593
7594
7595
7596
7597
7598
7599
7600
7601
7602
7603
7604
7605
7606
7607
7608
7609
7610
7611
7612
7613
7614
7615
7616
7617
7618
7619
7620
7621
7622
7623
7624
7625
7626
7627
7628
7629
7630
7631
7632
7633
7634
7635
7636
7637
7638
7639
7640
7641
7642
7643
7644
7645
7646
7647
7648
7649
7650
7651
7652
7653
7654
7655
7656
7657
7658
7659
7660
7661
7662
7663
7664
7665
7666
7667
7668
7669
7670
7671
7672
7673
7674
7675
7676
7677
7678
7679
7680
7681
7682
7683
7684
7685
7686
7687
7688
7689
7690
7691
7692
7693
7694
7695
7696
7697
7698
7699
7700
7701
7702
7703
7704
7705
7706
7707
7708
7709
7710
7711
7712
7713
7714
7715
7716
7717
7718
7719
7720
7721
7722
7723
7724
7725
7726
7727
7728
7729
7730
7731
7732
7733
7734
7735
7736
7737
7738
7739
7740
7741
7742
7743
7744
7745
7746
7747
7748
7749
7750
7751
7752
7753
7754
7755
7756
7757
7758
7759
7760
7761
7762
7763
7764
7765
7766
7767
7768
7769
7770
7771
7772
7773
7774
7775
7776
7777
7778
7779
7780
7781
7782
7783
7784
7785
7786
7787
7788
7789
7790
7791
7792
7793
7794
7795
7796
7797
7798
7799
7800
7801
7802
7803
7804
7805
7806
7807
7808
7809
7810
7811
7812
7813
7814
7815
7816
7817
7818
7819
7820
7821
7822
7823
7824
7825
7826
7827
7828
7829
7830
7831
7832
7833
7834
7835
7836
7837
7838
7839
7840
7841
7842
7843
7844
7845
7846
7847
7848
7849
7850
7851
7852
7853
7854
7855
7856
7857
7858
7859
7860
7861
7862
7863
7864
7865
7866
7867
7868
7869
7870
7871
7872
7873
7874
7875
7876
7877
7878
7879
7880
7881
7882
7883
7884
7885
7886
7887
7888
7889
7890
7891
7892
7893
7894
7895
7896
7897
7898
7899
7900
7901
7902
7903
7904
7905
7906
7907
7908
7909
7910
7911
7912
7913
7914
7915
7916
7917
7918
7919
7920
7921
7922
7923
7924
7925
7926
7927
7928
7929
7930
7931
7932
7933
7934
7935
7936
7937
7938
7939
7940
7941
7942
7943
7944
7945
7946
7947
7948
7949
7950
7951
7952
7953
7954
7955
7956
7957
7958
7959
7960
7961
7962
7963
7964
7965
7966
7967
7968
7969
7970
7971
7972
7973
7974
7975
7976
7977
7978
7979
7980
7981
7982
7983
7984
7985
7986
7987
7988
7989
7990
7991
7992
7993
7994
7995
7996
7997
7998
7999
8000
8001
8002
8003
8004
8005
8006
8007
8008
8009
8010
8011
8012
8013
8014
8015
8016
8017
8018
8019
8020
8021
8022
8023
8024
8025
8026
8027
8028
8029
8030
8031
8032
8033
8034
8035
8036
8037
8038
8039
8040
8041
8042
8043
8044
8045
8046
8047
8048
8049
8050
8051
8052
8053
8054
8055
8056
8057
8058
8059
8060
8061
8062
8063
8064
8065
8066
8067
8068
8069
8070
8071
8072
8073
8074
8075
8076
8077
8078
8079
8080
8081
8082
8083
8084
8085
8086
8087
8088
8089
8090
8091
8092
8093
8094
8095
8096
8097
8098
8099
8100
8101
8102
8103
8104
8105
8106
8107
8108
8109
8110
8111
8112
8113
8114
8115
8116
8117
8118
8119
8120
8121
8122
8123
8124
8125
8126
8127
8128
8129
8130
8131
8132
8133
8134
8135
8136
8137
8138
8139
8140
8141
8142
8143
8144
8145
8146
8147
8148
8149
8150
8151
8152
8153
8154
8155
8156
8157
8158
8159
8160
8161
8162
8163
8164
8165
8166
8167
8168
8169
8170
8171
8172
8173
8174
8175
8176
8177
8178
8179
8180
8181
8182
8183
8184
8185
8186
8187
8188
8189
8190
8191
8192
8193
8194
8195
8196
8197
8198
8199
8200
8201
8202
8203
8204
8205
8206
8207
8208
8209
8210
8211
8212
8213
8214
8215
8216
8217
8218
8219
8220
8221
8222
8223
8224
8225
8226
8227
8228
8229
8230
8231
8232
8233
8234
8235
8236
8237
8238
8239
8240
8241
8242
8243
8244
8245
8246
8247
8248
8249
8250
8251
8252
8253
8254
8255
8256
8257
8258
8259
8260
8261
8262
8263
8264
8265
8266
8267
8268
8269
8270
8271
8272
8273
8274
8275
8276
8277
8278
8279
8280
8281
8282
8283
8284
8285
8286
8287
8288
8289
8290
8291
8292
8293
8294
8295
8296
8297
8298
8299
8300
8301
8302
8303
8304
8305
8306
8307
8308
8309
8310
8311
8312
8313
8314
8315
8316
8317
8318
8319
8320
8321
8322
8323
8324
8325
8326
8327
8328
8329
8330
8331
8332
8333
8334
8335
8336
8337
8338
8339
8340
8341
8342
8343
8344
8345
8346
8347
8348
8349
8350
8351
8352
8353
% exam.cls
%
% A LaTeX2e document class for preparing exams.

%% exam.cls
%% Copyright (c) 1994, 1997, 2000, 2004, 2008, 2011,
%% 2015, 2017 Philip S. Hirschhorn
%
% This work may be distributed and/or modified under the
% conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
% The latest version of this license is in
%   http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt
% and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX
% version 2003/12/01 or later.
%
% This work has the LPPL maintenance status "author-maintained".
% 
% This work consists of the files exam.cls and examdoc.tex.


% The user's guide for exam.cls is in the file examdoc.tex.


%%% Philip Hirschhorn
%%% Department of Mathematics
%%% Wellesley College
%%% Wellesley, MA 02481
%%% psh@math.mit.edu

% The newest version of this documentclass should always be available
% from my web page: http://www-math.mit.edu/~psh/


\def\fileversion{2.6}
\def\filedate{2017/10/26}
%---------------------------------------------------------------------
%---------------------------------------------------------------------
% 
% If there's some feature that you'd like that this file doesn't
% provide, tell me about it.
% 
%
%
%
%
% Thanks to:
%
% Piet van Oostrum, from whose excellent ``fancyheadings.sty'' we
% shamelessly stole most of the code for setting the headers and
% footers.
%
% Mate Wierdl <mw@wierdlmpc.msci.memphis.edu>, who contributed the
% code so that if the number of points is ``1'', then the default
% value of \pointname will print ``1 point'' instead of ``1 points''.
%
% Tom Brikowski <brikowi@utdallas.edu>, who contributed the code for
% making the number of points and number of questions available as
% macros (as well as the idea of putting the number of points in a 
% box, instead of in parentheses).  (I changed his code to make this
% all optional, so if there are errors there, it's my fault and not
% his.)
%
% Ottmar Beucher <beucher@fh-karlsruhe.de>, Dan Drake
% <drake@math.umn.edu>, and Justus Piater <Justus.Piater@ULg.ac.be> who
% contributed ideas and code for the \pointsofquestion and \gradetable
% commands for printing a Grading Table.  (I changed all the code to
% make this compatible with hyperref.sty, so if there are errors there,
% it's my fault and not theirs.)
%
% Justus Piater <Justus.Piater@ULg.ac.be>, who contributed the code for
% the solution environment.  (I changed his code to allow page breaks
% inside solutions so, once again, if it's buggy, it's my fault.) 
%
% Donald Arseneau <asnd@triumf.ca>, who created the excellent
% ``framed.sty'' and generously allowed me to include basically the
% whole thing in exam.cls, making the few changes needed for it to
% work well with question environments:
% framed.sty   v 0.8a   21-Jul-2003
% Copyright (C) 1992-2003 by Donald Arseneau
% These macros may be freely transmitted, reproduced, or modified
% provided that this notice is left intact.
%
%--------------------------------------------------------------------
%--------------------------------------------------------------------
%                    Changelog since version 2.4:

%--------------------------------------------------------------------
% Version 2.6, 2017/09/19

% No longer betatest.

%--------------------------------------------------------------------
% Version 2.510$\beta$, 2016/10/11

% Bugfix: We changed \@setheadheight and \@setfootheight to fix a bug
% that was introduced by the bugfix in version 2.306beta, 2009/03/28:
% If the second page has a different \textheight (because of a change
% in either headheight or footheight between pages 1 and 2), then page
% 2 would use the \textheight of page 1.  Pages 3 and beyond would get
% the correct \textheight.  The original version of this set \@colroom
% and \vsize to the new \textheight, but that had a bug in that if a
% float appeared at the top of a page, there would be no notice taken
% of the space lost to the float, and so the text would overrun the
% bottom of the page.  The bugfix in version 2.306beta eliminated the
% changes to \@colht and \vsize.  In this bugfix, we adjust \@colroom,
% \@colht, and \vsize in the same way that we adjust \textheight.

%--------------------------------------------------------------------
% Version 2.509$\beta$, 2016/09/12

% Multicolumn grade and point tables, and a new syntax for multirow
% grade and point tables (which were introduced in version
% 2.508beta).

% Multicolumn tables are vertically oriented, while multirow tables
% are horizontally oriented, and so they do not take the optional
% argument choosing between horizontal and vertical.  They all take
% one required argument specifying the number of columns (for
% multicolumn) or the number of rows (for multirow).

% The tables can be:

%   grade tables or point tables,

%   plain, bonus, or combined,

%   indexed by questions or by pages,

%   complete or partial.

% As usual, if you omit the optional argument that chooses between
% questions and pages, you get questions.

% The new commands are:

% \def\multirowgradetable{numrows}[questions or pages]
% \def\multirowpointtable{numrows}[questions or pages]
% \def\multirowbonusgradetable{numrows}[questions or pages]
% \def\multirowbonuspointtable{numrows}[questions or pages]
% \def\multirowcombinedgradetable{numrows}[questions or pages]
% \def\multirowcombinedpointtable{numrows}[questions or pages]

% \def\multirowpartialgradetable{numrows}{rangename}[questions or pages]
% \def\multirowpartialpointtable{numrows}{rangename}[questions or pages]
% \def\multirowpartialbonusgradetable{numrows}{rangename}[questions or pages]
% \def\multirowpartialbonuspointtable{numrows}{rangename}[questions or pages]
% \def\multirowpartialcombinedgradetable{numrows}{rangename}[questions or pages]
% \def\multirowpartialcombinedpointtable{numrows}{rangename}[questions or pages]

% \def\multicolumngradetable{numcols}[questions or pages]
% \def\multicolumnpointtable{numcols}[questions or pages]
% \def\multicolumnbonusgradetable{numcols}[questions or pages]
% \def\multicolumnbonuspointtable{numcols}[questions or pages]
% \def\multicolumncombinedgradetable{numcols}[questions or pages]
% \def\multicolumncombinedpointtable{numcols}[questions or pages]

% \def\multicolumnpartialgradetable{numcols}{rangename}[questions or pages]
% \def\multicolumnpartialpointtable{numcols}{rangename}[questions or pages]
% \def\multicolumnpartialbonusgradetable{numcols}{rangename}[questions or pages]
% \def\multicolumnpartialbonuspointtable{numcols}{rangename}[questions or pages]
% \def\multicolumnpartialcombinedgradetable{numcols}{rangename}[questions or pages]
% \def\multicolumnpartialcombinedpointtable{numcols}{rangename}[questions or pages]

% The older grade and point table commands can still be used.  For
% example, the commands

%   \gradetable[h][questions]
%   \multirowgradetable{1}[questions]

% are equivalent.

% The distance between the rows of a multirow table and between the
% columns of a multicolumn table is \doublerulesep, the default value
% of which is 2.0pt.  You can change that using a \setlength command,
% as in

%   \setlength{\doublerulesep}{0.5in}

%--------------------------------------------------------------------
% Version 2.508$\beta$, 2016/08/06

% New commands: Multirow grade and point tables.

% These are all horizontally oriented tables, and so do not take the
% optional argument choosing between horizontal and vertical.  They all
% take one required argument specifying the number of columns, which is
% the number of columns used for the point values (including the total),
% but not counting the column of row headings.

% Note: The syntax was changed in version 2.509beta, so that you now
% specify the number of *rows* rather than the number of *columns*!  For
% example, the first command below should now be

% \multirowgradetable{numrows}[questions or pages]

% The tables can be:

%   grade tables or point tables,

%   plain, bonus, or combined,

%   indexed by questions or by pages,

%   complete or partial.

% The new commands are:


% \multirowgradetable{numcols}[questions or pages]
% \multirowpointtable{numcols}[questions or pages]
% \multirowbonusgradetable{numcols}[questions or pages]
% \multirowbonuspointtable{numcols}[questions or pages]
% \multirowcombinedgradetable{numcols}[questions or pages]
% \multirowcombinedpointtable{numcols}[questions or pages]

% \multirowpartialgradetable{numcols}{rangename}[questions or pages]
% \multirowpartialpointtable{numcols}{rangename}[questions or pages]
% \multirowpartialbonusgradetable{numcols}{rangename}[questions or pages]
% \multirowpartialbonuspointtable{numcols}{rangename}[questions or pages]
% \multirowpartialcombinedgradetable{numcols}{rangename}[questions or pages]
% \multirowpartialcombinedpointtable{numcols}{rangename}[questions or pages]

%--------------------------------------------------------------------
% Version 2.507$\beta$, 2016/07/14

% New commands:

%   \pointstwosided
%   \pointstwosidedreversed

% The first causes points to be in the right margin on odd numbered
% pages and in the left margin on even numbered pages.

% The second causes points to be in the left margin on odd numbered
% pages and in the right margin on even numbered pages.

% Also: Some minor edits (e.g., deleting the unused \thebonuspoints).

%--------------------------------------------------------------------
% Version 2.506$\beta$, 2016/05/12

% Fixed an obscure bug that arose only when \CorrectChoiceEmphasis
% used color and a \CorrectChoice (in a choices or checkboxes
% environment) followed a \choice whose text completely filled its
% last line, and which was not separated from the \CorrectChoice by a
% blank line, in which case an extra (blank) line was inserted by that
% \choice.  We fixed this by adding an improvised "\leavehmode"
% (styled after \leavevmode) to the \CorrectChoice command in both the
% choices and checkboxes environments, which caused the text of the
% previous \choice to be broken into lines *before* the \special
% inserted by the \color command was added.

%--------------------------------------------------------------------
% Version 2.505$\beta$, 2016/05/10

% We fixed a bug in the choices and checkboxes environments that arose
% only when \CorrectChoiceEmphasis used color.  If it did, and if the
% text of a correct choice exactly filled a line, and if there was no
% blank line in the latex file separating this correct choice from the
% following choice, there would be an extra blank line inserted after
% the correct choice.  We did this by inserting \color@begingroup and
% \color@endgroup as needed.  (We're pretty sure the actual fix was
% the \endgraf in the expansion of \color@endgroup.)

%--------------------------------------------------------------------
% Version 2.504$\beta$, 2016/05/09

% We fixed a bug in the solutionbox environment that caused enumerate,
% itemize, or description environments to have their text stick into
% the right margin.  We did this by resetting \@totalleftmargin and
% \linewidth in the box containing the solution.

%--------------------------------------------------------------------
% Version 2.503$\beta$, 2016/03/25

% New commands:

%      \colorfillwithlines
%      \colorfillwithdottedlines

% The first causes the lines drawn by the \fillwithlines command to be
% drawn in color.  The default color is set by the command 

%      \definecolor{FillWithLinesColor}{gray}{0.8}

% and the color can be changed by giving a new \definecolor command.
% You can return to black lines by giving the command

%      \nocolorfillwithlines

% \colorfillwithdottedlines causes the lines drawn by the
% \fillwithdottedlines command to be drawn in color.  The default
% color is set by the command 

%      \definecolor{FillWithDottedLinesColor}{gray}{0.8}

% and the color can be changed by giving a new \definecolor command.
% You can return to black dotted lines by giving the command

%      \nocolorfillwithdottedlines

%--------------------------------------------------------------------
% Version 2.502$\beta$, 2016/03/23

% The command

%   \colorsolutionboxes

% that was created in version 2.501beta now affects not only the boxes
% created by \solutionbox, but also by \makeemptybox, \solutionorbox,
% and all of the boxes printed by all of the various solution
% environments when solutions are being printed surrounded by a box.

%--------------------------------------------------------------------
% Version 2.501$\beta$, 2016/02/08

% Changed the \solutionbox environment so that it works correctly
% inside a tabular.

% Also: The \solutionbox frame can now be printed in color, as long as
% you load color.sty in the preamble.
%
%  Usage: Say
%
%   \usepackage{color}
%
% in the preamble, and then give the command
%
%   \colorsolutionboxes
%
% to have the frame around a solutionbox in color.  The default color
% was created by the command
%
%   \definecolor{SolutionBoxColor}{gray}{0.8}
%
% and you can change the color by giving a new \definecolor command
% (which must be done *after* the \colorsolutionboxes command).
%
% To cancel color solutionbox frames and return to black, give the
% command
%
%   \nocolorsolutionboxes

%--------------------------------------------------------------------
% Version 2.5 2015/05/07

% No longer betatest.

%--------------------------------------------------------------------
% Version 2.408$\beta$ 2013/11/17

% New commands:
%
%   \firstqinrange{whatever}
%   \lastqinrange{whatever}
%   \numqinrange{whatever}
%
% where ``whatever'' is the name of a grading range.
%
% \firstqinrange{whatever} prints the number of the first question in
% the range.
%
% \lastqinrange{whatever} prints the number of the last question in the
% range.
%
% \numqinrange{whatever} prints the number of questions in the range.
%
% We changed a couple of internal command name related to grading
% ranges.  If the user defines the range `myrange', then we now use

%   \range@myrange@firstp
%   \range@myrange@lastp
%   \range@myrange@firstq
%   \range@myrange@lastq
%
% where we used to use
%
%   \tbl@myrange@firstp
%   \tbl@myrange@lastp
%   \tbl@myrange@firstq
%   \tbl@myrange@lastq

%--------------------------------------------------------------------
% Version 2.407$\beta$ 2012/12/19

% New environment:
%
%   solutionbox
%
% The solutionbox environment is different from the other solution
% environments (solution, solutionorbox, solutionorlines,
% solutionordottedlines, and solutionorgrid), in that
%
%   (1) The box is always printed, whether answers are being printed
%   or not.
%
%   (2) The argument giving the size of the box is a required
%   argument, not an optional argument, and so it should be enclosed
%   in braces, not in brackets.  It can be either a length or
%   \stretch{number}.
%
%   (3) We make no use of the TheSolution environment; the solutionbox
%   environment is completely freestanding.
%
% If answers are not being printed then only the box is printed, with
% nothing in it.  If answers are being printed, then the solution is
% printed inside of the box.
%
% Note: It's the user's responsibility to be sure that the box is
% large enough to hold the solution!  If the solution takes up too
% much vertical space, then it will spill out of the bottom of the
% box, overwriting whatever follows the box.
%
%--------------------------------------------------------------------
% Version 2.406$\beta$, 2012/12/16
%
% New command:
%
%   \noquestionsonthispage
%
%   This command tells the \ifcontinuation and \ifincomplete commands
%   to assume that no part of any question is on this page.  This is
%   similar to the job done by the \nomorequestions command for the
%   pages that follow the end of all of the questions.
%
%
% If you give the command \noquestionsonthispage on a page, then
%
%   (1) \ifcontinuation on that page will expand to its second
%   argument,
%   (2) \ifincomplete on that page will expand to its second
%   argument, and
%   (3) an \ifincomplete on an earlier page will not assume that a
%   question from that earlier page continues onto this page.
%
% The way that this command affects the \ifincomplete command on
% earlier pages is as follows: If there is a page with no questions or
% parts or subparts or subsubparts, then the last page before that
% with a question (or part, etc.) would normally be deemed incomplete;
% if, however, the page with no questions (or parts, etc.) (along with
% all adjacent pages with no questions or parts etc.) has a
% \noquestionsonthispage command, then that last page with a question
% (or part, etc.) will not be deemed incomplete.
%
% Note that if you're tempted to use this command on a page that follows
% the end of all of the questions, then you should probably use the
% command \nomorequestions instead.
%
%--------------------------------------------------------------------
% Version 2.405$\beta$, 2012/10/21
%
% It is now possible to use a parts, subparts, or subsubparts
% environment inside one of the solution environments (solution,
% solutionorbox, solutionorlines, solutionordottedlines, or
% solutionorgrid) without getting problems from multiply defined
% labels or having its points (if any) counted as being actual points
% on the exam.
%
% Any \part, \subpart, or \subsubpart command inside one of the
% solution environments now writes a \PgInfo command in the .aux file
% of the form question2@object3, but no labels and no other \PgInfo
% commands.  In addition, if there are points assigned to any of these
% commands inside any of the solution environments, those points are
% not added to the points of the question or the points on the page,
% and do not affect any gradetables or pointtables.
%
%--------------------------------------------------------------------
% Version 2.404$\beta$, 2012/09/03
%
% New command:
%
%   \fillwithgrid{length}
%
% New environment:
%
%   solutionorgrid
%
% These are similar to the \fillwithlines command and the
% solutionorlines environment.
%
% By default, the created grids are in black.  However, if you give the
% commands
%
% \usepackage{color}
% \colorgrids
%
% then the grids will be in color, by default a light gray.  That
% default color was defined by the command
%
% \definecolor{GridColor}{gray}{0.8}
%
% You can change the color by redefining the color GridColor, and you
% can return to using black grids by giving the command
%
% \nocolorgrids
%
% The default grid size and grid line thickness were set by the
% commands
%
% \setlength{\gridsize}{5mm}
% \setlength{\gridlinewidth}{0.1pt}
%
% You can change either or both of those by giving new \setlength
% commands.  The period of the grid is \gridsize (both horizontally
% and vertically).  That is, the horizontal distance from the left
% edge of one vertical line to the left edge of the next vertical line
% is \gridsize, as is the vertical distance from the top edge of one
% horizontal line to the top edge of the next horizontal line.  Thus,
% each square has outer side length equal to \gridsize+\gridlinewidth.
%
%--------------------------------------------------------------------
% Version 2.403$\beta$, 2012/08/29:
%
% We changed the code for the command \fillin (which had been modified
% in version 2.402beta) so that if only one optional argument is used,
% a space following that optional argument will not be ignored.  We
% did this in such a way that the second optional argument will be
% recognized even when spaces appear in between the optional
% arguments.
%
%--------------------------------------------------------------------
% Version 2.402$\beta$, 2012/08/21:
%
% We modified the command \fillin that we had created in version
% 2.401beta.  \fillin now takes two optional arguments (and no required
% arguments).
%
% \fillin can take two optional arguments, as in
%
% \fillin[Answer][Length]
%
% The first optional argument is the answer to be printed above the line
% when \printanswers is in effect; the default value is empty.  That
% line is printed a distance of \answerclearance below the baseline.
%
% The second optional argument is the length of the line that we print;
% the default value is \fillinlinelength.  The value of
% \fillinlinelength is set with the command
%
%   \setlength\fillinlinelength{1in}
%
% and can be changed by giving a new \setlength command.
%
% When answers are being printed, the first optional argument is
% printed subject to the declarations in the argument of the last
% \CorrectChoiceEmphasis command.  It is centered on the line unless
% it is too long, in which case it extends to the right of the line.
%
%--------------------------------------------------------------------
% Version 2.401$\beta$, 2012/08/20:
%
%
% New command:
%
%   \fillin[CorrectAnswer]{width}
%
% This is for use in fill in the blank questions.  This command inserts
% a blank line of width ``width''.  If answers are being printed and if
% the optional argument ``CorrectAnswer'' appears, then the optional
% argument is printed subject to the declarations in the argument of the
% last \CorrectChoiceEmphasis command, and it is printed a distance of
% \answerclearance above the line.  It is centered on the line unless it
% is too long, in which case it extends to the right of the line.
%
% Note: We changed this command in version 2.401beta.
%
%--------------------------------------------------------------------
%--------------------------------------------------------------------
%--------------------------------------------------------------------

\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}

\ProvidesClass{exam}[\filedate\space Version \fileversion\space by
  Philip Hirschhorn]

\RequirePackage{ifthen}

\newif\ifprintanswers
\printanswersfalse
\DeclareOption{answers}{\printanswerstrue}
\DeclareOption{noanswers}{\printanswersfalse}

\newif\ifcancelspace
\cancelspacefalse
\DeclareOption{cancelspace}{\cancelspacetrue}
\DeclareOption{nocancelspace}{\cancelspacefalse}

% The following keeps track of whether the user has requested that we
% add up the points on the exam.  We make the default false so that
% users who put other than numbers into the points argument of a
% question (or part, or subpart) won't get error messages.
% We use \if@printtotalpoints as a flag to signal that we are counting
% points, so that we will know to print the total on the screen (and
% in the log file).  We use this separate flag so that the user can
% use both \addpoints and \noaddpoints to count some points and not
% others, but still have the total printed when we finish the file no
% matter what the state of \if@addpoints.
\newif\if@addpoints
\newif\if@printtotalpoints
\def\addpoints{\global\@addpointstrue\global\@printtotalpointstrue}
\def\noaddpoints{\global\@addpointsfalse}
\@addpointsfalse
\@printtotalpointsfalse
\DeclareOption{addpoints}{\addpoints}


\DeclareOption*{%
  \PassOptionsToClass{\CurrentOption}{article}%
}
\ProcessOptions\relax
\LoadClass{article}




%                         *****************
%                         ** PAGE LAYOUT **
%                         *****************


% We set the parameters in terms of \paperwidth and \paperheight
% so that the options

% a4paper
% a5paper
% b5paper
% letterpaper
% legalpaper
% executivepaper
% landscape

% will all work:

\setlength{\textwidth}{\paperwidth}
\addtolength{\textwidth}{-2in}
\setlength{\oddsidemargin}{0pt}
\setlength{\evensidemargin}{0pt}

\setlength{\headheight}{15pt}
\setlength{\headsep}{15pt}
\setlength{\topmargin}{0in}
\addtolength{\topmargin}{-\headheight}
\addtolength{\topmargin}{-\headsep}
\setlength{\footskip}{29pt}
\setlength{\textheight}{\paperheight}
\addtolength{\textheight}{-2.2in}

\setlength{\marginparwidth}{.5in}
\setlength{\marginparsep}{5pt}

%--------------------------------------------------------------------

%                          ****************
%                          ** EXTRAWIDTH **
%                          ****************

\newlength\@extrawidth

% \@rightmargin is needed for \pointsinrightmargin and
% \pointsdroppedatright, so that we can right justify the points:
\newlength\@rightmargin
\setlength{\@rightmargin}{1in}

% We put the argument of \extrawidth into a length so that it will
% work correctly even if it's negative:

\def\extrawidth#1{%
  \@extrawidth=#1
  \advance \textwidth by \@extrawidth
  \divide\@extrawidth by 2
  \advance\oddsidemargin by -\@extrawidth
  \advance\evensidemargin by -\@extrawidth
  % Bug fix, 13 April 2004: 
  %\advance\@rightmargin by \@extrawidth
  \advance\@rightmargin by -\@extrawidth
}

%--------------------------------------------------------------------
%--------------------------------------------------------------------
%             Making room for large headers and footers

% The following are used to save the effect of any changes to 
% \topmargin and \textheight caused by \extraheadheight or
% \extrafootheight commands.  They hold the values currently in effect.
% We put them into lengths so that it will work correctly even if the
% argument is negative:

\newlength\@extrahead
\newlength\@extrafoot
\setlength{\@extrahead}{0in}
\setlength{\@extrafoot}{0in}

% The following are used to hold the requested values for extrahead and
% extrafoot, first page and all pages after the first, and then the
% similar things requested for the cover pages:
\newlength\run@exhd
\newlength\fp@exhd
\newlength\run@exft
\newlength\fp@exft
\newlength\covrun@exhd
\newlength\covfp@exhd
\newlength\covrun@exft
\newlength\covfp@exft

\setlength{\run@exhd}{0in}
\setlength{\fp@exhd}{0in}
\setlength{\run@exft}{0in}
\setlength{\fp@exft}{0in}
\setlength{\covrun@exhd}{0in}
\setlength{\covfp@exhd}{0in}
\setlength{\covrun@exft}{0in}
\setlength{\covfp@exft}{0in}

\newcommand*\adj@hdht@ftht{%
  \if@coverpages
    \ifnum\value{page}=1\relax
      \@setheadheight{\covfp@exhd}%
      \@setfootheight{\covfp@exft}%
    \else
      \@setheadheight{\covrun@exhd}%
      \@setfootheight{\covrun@exft}%
    \fi
  \else
    \ifnum\value{page}=1\relax
      \@setheadheight{\fp@exhd}%
      \@setfootheight{\fp@exft}%
    \else
      \@setheadheight{\run@exhd}%
      \@setfootheight{\run@exft}%
    \fi
  \fi
}

\newcommand*\extraheadheight{%
  \@ifnextchar[{\@xtrahd}{\@ytrahd}%
}

\def\@xtrahd[#1]#2{%
  \setlength{\fp@exhd}{#1}%
  \setlength{\run@exhd}{#2}%
  \adj@hdht@ftht
}

\def\@ytrahd#1{%
  \setlength{\fp@exhd}{#1}%
  \setlength{\run@exhd}{#1}%
  \adj@hdht@ftht
}

\newcommand*\extrafootheight{%
  \@ifnextchar[{\@xtraft}{\@ytraft}%
}

\def\@xtraft[#1]#2{%
  \setlength{\fp@exft}{#1}%
  \setlength{\run@exft}{#2}%
  \adj@hdht@ftht
}

\def\@ytraft#1{%
  \setlength{\fp@exft}{#1}%
  \setlength{\run@exft}{#1}%
  \adj@hdht@ftht
}

\newcommand*\coverextraheadheight{%
  \@ifnextchar[{\cov@xtrahd}{\cov@ytrahd}%
}

\def\cov@xtrahd[#1]#2{%
  \setlength{\covfp@exhd}{#1}%
  \setlength{\covrun@exhd}{#2}%
  \adj@hdht@ftht
}

\def\cov@ytrahd#1{%
  \setlength{\covfp@exhd}{#1}%
  \setlength{\covrun@exhd}{#1}%
  \adj@hdht@ftht
}

\newcommand*\coverextrafootheight{%
  \@ifnextchar[{\cov@xtraft}{\cov@ytraft}%
}

\def\cov@xtraft[#1]#2{%
  \setlength{\covfp@exft}{#1}%
  \setlength{\covrun@exft}{#2}%
  \adj@hdht@ftht
}

\def\cov@ytraft#1{%
  \setlength{\covfp@exft}{#1}%
  \setlength{\covrun@exft}{#1}%
  \adj@hdht@ftht
}

\def\@appendoutput#1{%
  \output=\expandafter{\the\output #1}%
}

\@appendoutput{\adj@hdht@ftht}

%--------------------------------------------------------------------
%                 \@setheadheight and \@setfootheight:

\def\@setheadheight#1{%
  \begingroup % Avoid trouble from using \@temp and \@spaces
    % Reset the effect of the most recent change:
    \global\advance\topmargin by -\@extrahead
    \global\advance\textheight by \@extrahead
    % Bugfix, Version 2.510beta, 2016/10/11:
    \global\advance\@colroom by \@extrahead
    \global\advance\@colht by \@extrahead
    \global\advance\vsize by \@extrahead
    %
    % Save the newly set value:
    \def\@temp{#1}
    \def\@spaces{ }
    \ifx\@temp\@empty
      \global\@extrahead=0in
    \else
      \ifx\@temp\@spaces
        \global\@extrahead=0in
      \else
        \global\@extrahead=#1
      \fi
    \fi
    % Set the new values:
    \global\advance\topmargin by \@extrahead
    \global\advance\textheight by -\@extrahead
    % Bugfix, Version 2.510beta, 2016/10/11:
    \global\advance\@colroom by -\@extrahead
    \global\advance\@colht by -\@extrahead
    \global\advance\vsize by -\@extrahead
    %
    % Bugfix, Version 2.510beta, 2016/10/11:
    % We're fixing a bug that was introduced by the bugfix in version
    % 2.306beta, 2009/03/28: If the second page has a different
    % \textheight (because of a change in either headheight or
    % footheight between pages 1 and 2), then page 2 would use the
    % \textheight of page 1.  Pages 3 and beyond would get the correct
    % \textheight.
    % The original version of this set \@colroom and \vsize to the new
    % \textheight, but that had a bug in that if a float appeared at
    % the top of a page, there would be no notice taken of the space
    % lost to the float, and so the text would overrun the bottom of
    % the page.
    % In this bugfix, we adjust \@colroom, \@colht, and \vsize in the
    % same way that we adjust \textheight.
    %
    % Make it take effect RIGHT NOW!:
    % (The following stuff isn't necessary if \@setheadheight is
    % executed only in the preamble or as we return from the output
    % routine, but we're leaving it in so that this will still work if
    % we use this at some random point in the middle of composing a
    % page).
    % Bugfix, Version 2.306beta, 2009/03/28:
    % We don't do this!!
    % If the user had a figure environment that floated to the
    % top of a page, then this would cause that page to run
    % over the footer and off the bottom of the page, because
    % this somehow caused a full page's worth of stuff to be
    % placed after the figure, as if the figure wasn't taking
    % up space on the page.
    % We *do* need to put \@colht at the correct new value, though,
    % apparently because \@colht is set near the end of the
    % output routine.
%     \global\@colht=\textheight
%
%     \global\@colroom=\textheight
%     \global\vsize=\textheight
%     \global\pagegoal=\textheight
  \endgroup
}% @setheadheight

\def\@setfootheight#1{%
  \begingroup % Avoid trouble from using \@temp and \@spaces
    % Reset the effect of the most recent change:
    \global\advance\textheight by \@extrafoot
    % Bugfix, Version 2.510beta, 2016/10/11:
    \global\advance\@colroom by \@extrafoot
    \global\advance\@colht by \@extrafoot
    \global\advance\vsize by \@extrafoot
    %
    % Save the newly set value:
    \def\@temp{#1}
    \def\@spaces{ }
    \ifx\@temp\@empty
      \global\@extrafoot=0in
    \else
      \ifx\@temp\@spaces
        \global\@extrafoot=0in
      \else
        \global\@extrafoot=#1
      \fi
    \fi
    % Set the new values:
    \global\advance\textheight by -\@extrafoot
    % Bugfix, Version 2.510beta, 2016/10/11:
    \global\advance\@colroom by -\@extrafoot
    \global\advance\@colht by -\@extrafoot
    \global\advance\vsize by -\@extrafoot
    %
    % Bugfix, Version 2.510beta, 2016/10/11:
    % We're fixing a bug that was introduced by the bugfix in version
    % 2.306beta, 2009/03/28: If the second page has a different
    % \textheight (because of a change in either headheight or
    % footheight between pages 1 and 2), then page 2 would use the
    % \textheight of page 1.  Pages 3 and beyond would get the correct
    % \textheight.
    % The original version of this set \@colroom and \vsize to the new
    % \textheight, but that had a bug in that if a float appeared at
    % the top of a page, there would be no notice taken of the space
    % lost to the float, and so the text would overrun the bottom of
    % the page.
    % In this bugfix, we adjust \@colroom, \@colht, and \vsize in the
    % same way that we adjust \textheight.
    %
    % Make it take effect RIGHT NOW!:
    % (The following stuff isn't necessary if \@setfootheight is
    % executed only in the preamble or as we return from the output
    % routine, but we're leaving it in so that this will still work if
    % we use this at some random point in the middle of composing a
    % page). 
    % Bugfix, Version 2.306beta, 2009/03/28:
    % We don't do this!!
    % If the user had a figure environment that floated to the
    % top of a page, then this would cause that page to run
    % over the footer and off the bottom of the page, because
    % this somehow caused a full page's worth of stuff to be
    % placed after the figure, as if the figure wasn't taking
    % up space on the page.
    % We *do* need to put \@colht at the correct new value, though,
    % apparently because \@colht is set near the end of the
    % output routine.
%     \global\@colht=\textheight
%
%     \global\@colroom=\textheight
%     \global\vsize=\textheight
%     \global\pagegoal=\textheight
  \endgroup
}% @setfootheight


%---------------------------------------------------------------------
%
%                      *************************
%                      ** HEADERS AND FOOTERS **
%                      *************************
% 
% The pagestyles available are head, foot, headandfoot, and empty.
% \pagestyle{head} prints the head, and gives an empty foot.
% \pagestyle{foot} prints the foot, and gives an empty head.
% \pagestyle{headandfoot} prints both the head and the foot.
% \pagestyle{empty} gives an empty head and an empty foot.
% 

%                            Pagestyles:

\newcommand*\ps@head{%
  \@dohead
  \@nofoot
}

\newcommand*\ps@headandfoot{%
  \@dohead
  \@dofoot
}

\newcommand*\ps@foot{%
  \@nohead
  \@dofoot
}

% \ps@empty is already defined by article.cls, so we'll
% say \def instead of \newcommand*:
\def\ps@empty{%
  \@nohead
  \@nofoot
}

\newif\if@coverpages
\@coverpagesfalse

\newcounter{num@coverpages}
% We'll set this to zero in case there is no coverpages environment:
\setcounter{num@coverpages}{0}

\newenvironment{coverpages}{%
    \ifnum \value{numquestions}>0\relax
      \ClassError{exam}{%
        Coverpages cannot be used after questions have begun.\MessageBreak
      }{%
        All question, part, subpart, and subsubpart environments
        \MessageBreak
        must begin after the cover pages are complete.\MessageBreak
      }%
    \fi
    \@coverpagestrue
    \pagenumbering{roman}%
    \adj@hdht@ftht
  }{%
    \clearpage
    \setcounter{num@coverpages}{\value{page}}%
    \addtocounter{num@coverpages}{-1}%
    \pagenumbering{arabic}%
    % Bugfix, Version 2.307\beta, 2009/06/11:
    % We have to say \@coverpagesfalse before \adj@hdht@ftht
    % because we're still inside the group created by the
    % coverpages environment and we want to set the 
    % extraheadheight and extrafootheight to the values correct
    % for the first non-cover page:
    \@coverpagesfalse
    \adj@hdht@ftht
}

\newcommand*\cover@question@error{%
  \ClassError{exam}{%
    No questions are allowed in the cover pages.\MessageBreak
  }{%
    All question, part, subpart, and subsubpart environments
    \MessageBreak
    must begin after the cover pages are complete.\MessageBreak
  }%
}

\newcommand*\@dohead{%
  \def\@oddhead{%
    \if@coverpages
      \ifnum\value{page}=1\relax
        \cov@fullhead
      \else
        \covrun@fullhead
      \fi
    \else
      \ifnum\value{page}=1\relax
        \@fullhead
      \else
        \run@fullhead
      \fi
    \fi
  }% @oddhead
  \let\@evenhead=\@oddhead
}

\newcommand*\@dofoot{%
  \def\@oddfoot{%
    \if@coverpages
      \ifnum\value{page}=1\relax
        \cov@fullfoot
      \else
        \covrun@fullfoot
      \fi
    \else
      \ifnum\value{page}=1\relax
        \@fullfoot
      \else
        \run@fullfoot
      \fi
    \fi
  }% @oddfoot
  \let\@evenfoot=\@oddfoot
}

\newcommand*\@nohead{%
  \def\@oddhead{}%
  \let\@evenhead=\@oddhead
}

\newcommand*\@nofoot{%
  \def\@oddfoot{}%
  \let\@evenfoot=\@oddfoot
}

%--------------------------------------------------------------------
%       \@fullhead, \run@fullhead, \@fullfoot, and \run@fullfoot:

\newcommand*\@fullhead{%
  \vbox to \headheight{%
    \vss
    \hbox to \textwidth{%
      \normalfont\rlap{\parbox[b]{\textwidth}{\raggedright\@lhead\strut}}%
        \hss\parbox[b]{\textwidth}{\centering\@chead\strut}\hss
        \llap{\parbox[b]{\textwidth}{\raggedleft\@rhead\strut}}%
    }% hbox
    \if@headrule
      \hrule
    \else
      % an invisible hrule, to keep positioning constant:
      \hrule width 0pt
    \fi
  }% vbox
}

\newcommand*\run@fullhead{%
  \vbox to \headheight{%
    \vss
    \hbox to \textwidth{%
      \normalfont\rlap{\parbox[b]{\textwidth}{\raggedright\run@lhead\strut}}%
        \hss\parbox[b]{\textwidth}{\centering\run@chead\strut}\hss
        \llap{\parbox[b]{\textwidth}{\raggedleft\run@rhead\strut}}%
    }% hbox
    \ifrun@headrule
      \hrule
    \else
      % an invisible hrule, to keep positioning constant:
      \hrule width 0pt
    \fi
  }% vbox
}

% We arrange it so that the very top of first line of text in the
% foot is at a fixed position on the page, whether or not there's
% a footrule:

\newcommand*\@fullfoot{%
  \vbox to 0pt{%
    \if@footrule
      \hrule
    \else
      % an invisible hrule, to keep positioning constant:
      \hrule width 0pt
    \fi
    \vskip 3pt
    \hbox to \textwidth{%
      \normalfont\rlap{\parbox[t]{\textwidth}{\raggedright\@lfoot}}%
        \hss\parbox[t]{\textwidth}{\centering\@cfoot}\hss
        \llap{\parbox[t]{\textwidth}{\raggedleft\@rfoot}}%
    }% hbox
    \vss
  }% vbox
}

\newcommand*\run@fullfoot{%
  \vbox to 0pt{%
    \ifrun@footrule
      \hrule
    \else
      % an invisible hrule, to keep positioning constant:
      \hrule width 0pt
    \fi
    \vskip 3pt
    \hbox to \textwidth{%
      \normalfont\rlap{\parbox[t]{\textwidth}{\raggedright\run@lfoot}}%
        \hss\parbox[t]{\textwidth}{\centering\run@cfoot}\hss
        \llap{\parbox[t]{\textwidth}{\raggedleft\run@rfoot}}%
    }% hbox
    \vss
  }% vbox
}

%--------------------------------------------------------------------
%       \cov@fullhead, \covrun@fullhead, \cov@fullfoot, and
%       \covrun@fullfoot: 

\newcommand*\cov@fullhead{%
  \vbox to \headheight{%
    \vss
    \hbox to \textwidth{%
      \normalfont\rlap{\parbox[b]{\textwidth}{\raggedright\cov@lhead\strut}}%
        \hss\parbox[b]{\textwidth}{\centering\cov@chead\strut}\hss
        \llap{\parbox[b]{\textwidth}{\raggedleft\cov@rhead\strut}}%
    }% hbox
    \ifcov@headrule
      \hrule
    \else
      % an invisible hrule, to keep positioning constant:
      \hrule width 0pt
    \fi
  }% vbox
}

\newcommand*\covrun@fullhead{%
  \vbox to \headheight{%
    \vss
    \hbox to \textwidth{%
      \normalfont\rlap{\parbox[b]{\textwidth}{\raggedright\covrun@lhead\strut}}%
        \hss\parbox[b]{\textwidth}{\centering\covrun@chead\strut}\hss
        \llap{\parbox[b]{\textwidth}{\raggedleft\covrun@rhead\strut}}%
    }% hbox
    \ifcovrun@headrule
      \hrule
    \else
      % an invisible hrule, to keep positioning constant:
      \hrule width 0pt
    \fi
  }% vbox
}

% We arrange it so that the very top of first line of text in the
% foot is at a fixed position on the page, whether or not there's
% a footrule:

\newcommand*\cov@fullfoot{%
  \vbox to 0pt{%
    \ifcov@footrule
      \hrule
    \else
      % an invisible hrule, to keep positioning constant:
      \hrule width 0pt
    \fi
    \vskip 3pt
    \hbox to \textwidth{%
      \normalfont\rlap{\parbox[t]{\textwidth}{\raggedright\cov@lfoot}}%
        \hss\parbox[t]{\textwidth}{\centering\cov@cfoot}\hss
        \llap{\parbox[t]{\textwidth}{\raggedleft\cov@rfoot}}%
    }% hbox
    \vss
  }% vbox
}

\newcommand*\covrun@fullfoot{%
  \vbox to 0pt{%
    \ifcovrun@footrule
      \hrule
    \else
      % an invisible hrule, to keep positioning constant:
      \hrule width 0pt
    \fi
    \vskip 3pt
    \hbox to \textwidth{%
      \normalfont\rlap{\parbox[t]{\textwidth}{\raggedright\covrun@lfoot}}%
        \hss\parbox[t]{\textwidth}{\centering\covrun@cfoot}\hss
        \llap{\parbox[t]{\textwidth}{\raggedleft\covrun@rfoot}}%
    }% hbox
    \vss
  }% vbox
}

%--------------------------------------------------------------------
%--------------------------------------------------------------------
%
%            ********************************************
%            ** COMMANDS TO DEFINE HEADERS AND FOOTERS **
%            ********************************************
%
% \lhead[#1]{#2} sets the first page left head to #1, and the
%   running left head to #2
% 
% \lhead{#1} sets both the first page left head and the running
%   left head to #1
% 
% \chead, \rhead, \lfoot, \cfoot, and \rfoot work similarly.
% 
% 
% \@lhead is the left head for Page 1
% \run@lhead is the running left head
% (i.e., for all pages other than the first)
% 
% \@chead is the center head for Page 1
% \run@chead is the running center head
% (i.e., for all pages other than the first)
% 
% etc.
% 
% Alternative commands are:
% \firstpageheader{LEFT}{CENTER}{RIGHT}
% \runningheader{LEFT}{CENTER}{RIGHT}
% or
% \header{LEFT}{CENTER}{RIGHT}
% which is equivalent to the two commands
%          \firstpageheader{LEFT}{CENTER}{RIGHT}
%          \runningheader{LEFT}{CENTER}{RIGHT}
% 
% Alternative commands are:
% \firstpagefooter{LEFT}{CENTER}{RIGHT}
% \runningfoother{LEFT}{CENTER}{RIGHT}
% or
% \footer{LEFT}{CENTER}{RIGHT}
% which is equivalent to the two commands
%          \firstpagefooter{LEFT}{CENTER}{RIGHT}
%          \runningfoother{LEFT}{CENTER}{RIGHT}

\def\firstpageheader#1#2#3{%
  \def\@lhead{#1}%
  \def\@chead{#2}%
  \def\@rhead{#3}%
}

\def\runningheader#1#2#3{%
  \def\run@lhead{#1}%
  \def\run@chead{#2}%
  \def\run@rhead{#3}%
}

\def\header#1#2#3{%
  \firstpageheader{#1}{#2}{#3}%
  \runningheader{#1}{#2}{#3}%
}

\def\firstpagefooter#1#2#3{%
  \def\@lfoot{#1}%
  \def\@cfoot{#2}%
  \def\@rfoot{#3}%
}

\def\runningfooter#1#2#3{%
  \def\run@lfoot{#1}%
  \def\run@cfoot{#2}%
  \def\run@rfoot{#3}%
}

\def\footer#1#2#3{%
  \firstpagefooter{#1}{#2}{#3}%
  \runningfooter{#1}{#2}{#3}%
}

\def\lhead{\@ifnextchar[{\@xlhead}{\@ylhead}}
\def\@xlhead[#1]#2{\def\@lhead{#1}\def\run@lhead{#2}}
\def\@ylhead#1{\def\run@lhead{#1}\def\@lhead{#1}}

\def\chead{\@ifnextchar[{\@xchead}{\@ychead}}
\def\@xchead[#1]#2{\def\@chead{#1}\def\run@chead{#2}}
\def\@ychead#1{\def\run@chead{#1}\def\@chead{#1}}

\def\rhead{\@ifnextchar[{\@xrhead}{\@yrhead}}
\def\@xrhead[#1]#2{\def\@rhead{#1}\def\run@rhead{#2}}
\def\@yrhead#1{\def\run@rhead{#1}\def\@rhead{#1}}

\def\lfoot{\@ifnextchar[{\@xlfoot}{\@ylfoot}}
\def\@xlfoot[#1]#2{\def\@lfoot{#1}\def\run@lfoot{#2}}
\def\@ylfoot#1{\def\run@lfoot{#1}\def\@lfoot{#1}}

\def\cfoot{\@ifnextchar[{\@xcfoot}{\@ycfoot}}
\def\@xcfoot[#1]#2{\def\@cfoot{#1}\def\run@cfoot{#2}}
\def\@ycfoot#1{\def\run@cfoot{#1}\def\@cfoot{#1}}

\def\rfoot{\@ifnextchar[{\@xrfoot}{\@yrfoot}}
\def\@xrfoot[#1]#2{\def\@rfoot{#1}\def\run@rfoot{#2}}
\def\@yrfoot#1{\def\run@rfoot{#1}\def\@rfoot{#1}}


%                    Initialize head and foot:

\pagestyle{headandfoot}

\lhead{}
\chead{}
\rhead{}
\lfoot{}
\cfoot[]{Page \thepage}
\rfoot{}

%--------------------------------------------------------------------
%                    Coverpage headers and footers
%
% \coverlhead[#1]{#2} sets the first cover page left head to #1, and the
%   running cover left head to #2
% 
% \coverlhead{#1} sets both the first cover page left head and the running
%   cover left head to #1
% 
% \coverchead, \coverrhead, \coverlfoot, \covercfoot, and \coverrfoot
% work similarly.
% 
% 
% \cov@lhead is the left head for Page 1
% \covrun@lhead is the running left head
% (i.e., for all pages other than the first)
% 
% \cov@chead is the center head for Page 1
% \covrun@chead is the running center head
% (i.e., for all pages other than the first)
% 
% etc.
% 
% Alternative commands are:
% \coverfirstpageheader{LEFT}{CENTER}{RIGHT}
% \coverrunningheader{LEFT}{CENTER}{RIGHT}
% or
% \coverheader{LEFT}{CENTER}{RIGHT}
% which is equivalent to the two commands
%          \coverfirstpageheader{LEFT}{CENTER}{RIGHT}
%          \coverrunningheader{LEFT}{CENTER}{RIGHT}
% 
% Alternative commands are:
% \coverfirstpagefooter{LEFT}{CENTER}{RIGHT}
% \coverrunningfoother{LEFT}{CENTER}{RIGHT}
% or
% \coverfooter{LEFT}{CENTER}{RIGHT}
% which is equivalent to the two commands
%          \coverfirstpagefooter{LEFT}{CENTER}{RIGHT}
%          \coverrunningfoother{LEFT}{CENTER}{RIGHT}

\def\coverfirstpageheader#1#2#3{%
  \def\cov@lhead{#1}%
  \def\cov@chead{#2}%
  \def\cov@rhead{#3}%
}

\def\coverrunningheader#1#2#3{%
  \def\covrun@lhead{#1}%
  \def\covrun@chead{#2}%
  \def\covrun@rhead{#3}%
}

\def\coverheader#1#2#3{%
  \coverfirstpageheader{#1}{#2}{#3}%
  \coverrunningheader{#1}{#2}{#3}%
}

\def\coverfirstpagefooter#1#2#3{%
  \def\cov@lfoot{#1}%
  \def\cov@cfoot{#2}%
  \def\cov@rfoot{#3}%
}

\def\coverrunningfooter#1#2#3{%
  \def\covrun@lfoot{#1}%
  \def\covrun@cfoot{#2}%
  \def\covrun@rfoot{#3}%
}

\def\coverfooter#1#2#3{%
  \coverfirstpagefooter{#1}{#2}{#3}%
  \coverrunningfooter{#1}{#2}{#3}%
}

\def\coverlhead{\@ifnextchar[{\cov@xlhead}{\cov@ylhead}}
\def\cov@xlhead[#1]#2{\def\cov@lhead{#1}\def\covrun@lhead{#2}}
\def\cov@ylhead#1{\def\covrun@lhead{#1}\def\cov@lhead{#1}}

\def\coverchead{\@ifnextchar[{\cov@xchead}{\cov@ychead}}
\def\cov@xchead[#1]#2{\def\cov@chead{#1}\def\covrun@chead{#2}}
\def\cov@ychead#1{\def\covrun@chead{#1}\def\cov@chead{#1}}

\def\coverrhead{\@ifnextchar[{\cov@xrhead}{\cov@yrhead}}
\def\cov@xrhead[#1]#2{\def\cov@rhead{#1}\def\covrun@rhead{#2}}
\def\cov@yrhead#1{\def\covrun@rhead{#1}\def\cov@rhead{#1}}

\def\coverlfoot{\@ifnextchar[{\cov@xlfoot}{\cov@ylfoot}}
\def\cov@xlfoot[#1]#2{\def\cov@lfoot{#1}\def\covrun@lfoot{#2}}
\def\cov@ylfoot#1{\def\covrun@lfoot{#1}\def\cov@lfoot{#1}}

\def\covercfoot{\@ifnextchar[{\cov@xcfoot}{\cov@ycfoot}}
\def\cov@xcfoot[#1]#2{\def\cov@cfoot{#1}\def\covrun@cfoot{#2}}
\def\cov@ycfoot#1{\def\covrun@cfoot{#1}\def\cov@cfoot{#1}}

\def\coverrfoot{\@ifnextchar[{\cov@xrfoot}{\cov@yrfoot}}
\def\cov@xrfoot[#1]#2{\def\cov@rfoot{#1}\def\covrun@rfoot{#2}}
\def\cov@yrfoot#1{\def\covrun@rfoot{#1}\def\cov@rfoot{#1}}


%                 Initialize coverpage head and foot:

\coverlhead{}
\coverchead{}
\coverrhead{}
\coverlfoot{}
\covercfoot{}
\coverrfoot{}




%--------------------------------------------------------------------
%--------------------------------------------------------------------

%                      Headrules and footrules:

\newif\if@headrule
\newif\ifrun@headrule

\def\firstpageheadrule{\@headruletrue}
\def\nofirstpageheadrule{\@headrulefalse}

\def\runningheadrule{\run@headruletrue}
\def\norunningheadrule{\run@headrulefalse}

\def\headrule{\@headruletrue\run@headruletrue}
\def\noheadrule{\@headrulefalse\run@headrulefalse}

\newif\if@footrule
\newif\ifrun@footrule

\def\firstpagefootrule{\@footruletrue}
\def\nofirstpagefootrule{\@footrulefalse}

\def\runningfootrule{\run@footruletrue}
\def\norunningfootrule{\run@footrulefalse}

\def\footrule{\@footruletrue\run@footruletrue}
\def\nofootrule{\@footrulefalse\run@footrulefalse}

%                             Initialize:

\noheadrule
\nofootrule

%                 Cover page headrules and footrules:

\newif\ifcov@headrule
\newif\ifcovrun@headrule

\def\coverfirstpageheadrule{\cov@headruletrue}
\def\nocoverfirstpageheadrule{\cov@headrulefalse}

\def\coverrunningheadrule{\covrun@headruletrue}
\def\nocoverrunningheadrule{\covrun@headrulefalse}

\def\coverheadrule{\cov@headruletrue\covrun@headruletrue}
\def\nocoverheadrule{\cov@headrulefalse\covrun@headrulefalse}

\newif\ifcov@footrule
\newif\ifcovrun@footrule

\def\coverfirstpagefootrule{\cov@footruletrue}
\def\nocoverfirstpagefootrule{\cov@footrulefalse}

\def\coverrunningfootrule{\covrun@footruletrue}
\def\nocoverrunningfootrule{\covrun@footrulefalse}

\def\coverfootrule{\cov@footruletrue\covrun@footruletrue}
\def\nocoverfootrule{\cov@footrulefalse\covrun@footrulefalse}

%                             Initialize:

\nocoverheadrule
\nocoverfootrule

%--------------------------------------------------------------------
%--------------------------------------------------------------------

%                \numpages, \iflastpage, and \oddeven
%     Also: \numpoints, \numquestions, \numparts, and \numsubparts
%                    Also also: \pointsofquestion
%     Also: \numcoverpages and \totalnumpages

% Make the number of pages available as the macro \numpages,
% the number of points as \numpoints,
% the number of questions as \numquestions,
% the number of parts as \numparts, and
% the number of subparts as \numsubparts

% This was previously done with \pageref commands.  When I stopped
% using \pageref for this (in order to make this compatible with
% hyperref.sty), this stuff was created:

% \gdef commands for exam@lastpage, exam@numpoints,
% exam@numbonuspoints, exam@numquestions, exam@numparts,
% exam@numsubparts and exam@numsubsubparts are written to the .aux
% file via \AtEndDocument.

% \gdef commands for pointsofq@i, pointsofq@ii, etc. and
% bonuspointsofq@i, bonuspointsofq@ii, etc.  are written to the .aux
% file as each question is completed (see the definition of the
% questions environment).

% \gdef commands for pointsonpage@i, pointsonpage@ii, etc. and
% bonuspointsonpage@i, bonuspointsonpage@ii, etc. are written to the
% .aux file as we encounter points defined for a later page, and for
% the last such page with AtEndDocument.

\def\numpages{\@ifundefined{exam@lastpage}%
  {\mbox{\normalfont\bfseries ??}}%
  \exam@lastpage
}% numpages

% Change 2011/04/01: We added a ``0'' in front of the
% mbox when \exam@lastcoverpage isn't defined.  This is
% so that the construction \romannumeral\numcoverpages
% won't generate an error on the first run of latex.
\def\numcoverpages{\@ifundefined{exam@lastcoverpage}%
  {0\mbox{\normalfont\bfseries ??}}%
  \exam@lastcoverpage
}% numpages

\def\totalnumpages{\@ifundefined{exam@totalpages}%
  {\mbox{\normalfont\bfseries ??}}%
  \exam@totalpages
}% numpages

\def\numpoints{\@ifundefined{exam@numpoints}%
  {\mbox{\normalfont\bfseries ??}}%
  \exam@numpoints
}% numpoints
\def\numbonuspoints{\@ifundefined{exam@numbonuspoints}%
  {\mbox{\normalfont\bfseries ??}}%
  \exam@numbonuspoints
}% numbonuspoints

\def\numquestions{\@ifundefined{exam@numquestions}%
  {\mbox{\normalfont\bfseries ??}}%
  \exam@numquestions
}% numquestions

\def\numparts{\@ifundefined{exam@numparts}%
  {\mbox{\normalfont\bfseries ??}}%
  \exam@numparts
}% numparts

\def\numsubparts{\@ifundefined{exam@numsubparts}%
  {\mbox{\normalfont\bfseries ??}}%
  \exam@numsubparts
}% numsubparts

\def\numsubsubparts{\@ifundefined{exam@numsubsubparts}%
  {\mbox{\normalfont\bfseries ??}}%
  \exam@numsubsubparts
}% numsubsubparts

\def\pointsofquestion#1{\@ifundefined{pointsofq@\romannumeral #1}%
  {\mbox{\normalfont\bfseries ??}}%
  {\csname pointsofq@\romannumeral #1\endcsname}%
}% pointsofquestion
\def\bonuspointsofquestion#1{\@ifundefined{bonuspointsofq@\romannumeral #1}%
  {\mbox{\normalfont\bfseries ??}}%
  {\csname bonuspointsofq@\romannumeral #1\endcsname}%
}% bonuspointsofquestion

% For use in \combinedgradetable and \combinedpointtable, we're
% changing the defintions of \pointsonpage and \bonuspointsonpage
% so that when, e.g.,  pointsonpage@ii is undefined, we just produce
% 0.  This comes up because the final page of the exam may have either
% points with no bonus point or bonus points with no points, in which
% case the combined table will try to list both points and bonus points
% for that last page, and one of those will be undefined.
%
% \def\pointsonpage#1{\@ifundefined{pointsonpage@\romannumeral #1}%
%   {\mbox{\normalfont\bfseries ??}}%
%   {\csname pointsonpage@\romannumeral #1\endcsname}%
% }% pointsonpage
% \def\bonuspointsonpage#1{\@ifundefined{bonuspointsonpage@\romannumeral #1}%
%   {\mbox{\normalfont\bfseries ??}}%
%   {\csname bonuspointsonpage@\romannumeral #1\endcsname}%
% }% bonuspointsonpage
%
% spanish.ldf redefines \@roman, so we'll avoid using \roman:
\def\pointsonpage#1{\@ifundefined{pointsonpage@\romannumeral #1}%
  {0}%
  {\csname pointsonpage@\romannumeral #1\endcsname}%
}% pointsonpage
\def\bonuspointsonpage#1{\@ifundefined{bonuspointsonpage@\romannumeral #1}%
  {0}%
  {\csname bonuspointsonpage@\romannumeral #1\endcsname}%
}% bonuspointsonpage


\newif\if@pointschanged
\@pointschangedfalse

\newcommand*{\CheckIfChanged@hlf}[2]{%
  % The first argument is the name of a half counter.
  % The second argument expands to the name (without the escape
  % character, and not assumed to be defined) of the control sequence
  % holding the previous value.
  \@ifundefined{#2}%
    {\global\@pointschangedtrue}%
    {%
    % OK; it's defined.  See if it's changed:
    \begingroup
      \set@hlfcntr{tmp@hlfcntr}{\csname #2\endcsname}%
      \edef\othpt@check{\prtaux@hlfcntr{tmp@hlfcntr}}%
      \edef\pt@check{\prtaux@hlfcntr{#1}}%
      \ifx \pt@check \othpt@check
        % Do nothing
      \else
        \global\@pointschangedtrue
      \fi
    \endgroup
    }%
}% CheckIfChanged@hlf


%%%\let\@realenddocument=\enddocument
%%%\def\enddocument{\clearpage
%%%   \if@filesw 
%%%     {\advance\c@page-1 \immediate\write\@mainaux
%%%       {\string\newlabel{@lastpage}{{}{\arabic{page}}}}%
%%%     }
%%%   \fi
%%%   \@realenddocument
%%%}

\AtEndDocument{%
  \clearpage
  \if@filesw
    \advance\c@page-1
    \immediate\write\@mainaux
      {\string\gdef\string\exam@lastpage{\arabic{page}}}%
    \immediate\write\@mainaux
      {\string\gdef\string\exam@lastcoverpage{\arabic{num@coverpages}}}%
    % We can now trash the value of num@coverpages:
    \addtocounter{num@coverpages}{\value{page}}%
    \immediate\write\@mainaux
      {\string\gdef\string\exam@totalpages{\arabic{num@coverpages}}}%
    \advance\c@page+1 % In case some other package looks at \c@page
    %
    \immediate\write\@mainaux
        {\string\gdef\string\exam@numpoints{%
                            \prtaux@hlfcntr{numpoints}}}%
    % See if this has changed from the last run of LaTeX:
    \CheckIfChanged@hlf{numpoints}{exam@numpoints}%
    \immediate\write\@mainaux
        {\string\gdef\string\exam@numbonuspoints{%
                            \prtaux@hlfcntr{numbonuspoints}}}%
    % See if this has changed from the last run of LaTeX:
    \CheckIfChanged@hlf{numbonuspoints}{exam@numbonuspoints}%
    \immediate\write\@mainaux
      {\string\gdef\string\exam@numquestions{\thenumquestions}}%
    \immediate\write\@mainaux
      {\string\gdef\string\exam@numparts{\thenumparts}}%
    \immediate\write\@mainaux
      {\string\gdef\string\exam@numsubparts{\thenumsubparts}}%
    \immediate\write\@mainaux
      {\string\gdef\string\exam@numsubsubparts{\thenumsubsubparts}}%
    \ifnum \thepageof@pagepoints > 0\relax
      \immediate\write\@mainaux
          {\string\gdef\string\pointsonpage@\romannumeral
                          \csname c@pageof@pagepoints\endcsname
             {\prtaux@hlfcntr{@pagepoints}}}%
      % See if this has changed from the last run of LaTeX:
      \CheckIfChanged@hlf{@pagepoints}{pointsonpage@\romannumeral
                          \csname c@pageof@pagepoints\endcsname}%
    \fi
    \ifnum \thepageof@pagebonuspoints > 0\relax
      \immediate\write\@mainaux
          {\string\gdef\string\bonuspointsonpage@\romannumeral
                          \csname c@pageof@pagebonuspoints\endcsname
             {\prtaux@hlfcntr{@pagebonuspoints}}}%
      \CheckIfChanged@hlf{@pagebonuspoints}{bonuspointsonpage@\romannumeral
                          \csname c@pageof@pagebonuspoints\endcsname}%
    \fi
    \immediate\write\@mainaux
      {\string\gdef\string\lastpage@withpoints{\page@withpoints}}%
    % See if this has changed from the last run of LaTeX:
    \@ifundefined{lastpage@withpoints}%
      {\global\@pointschangedtrue}%
      {%
      % OK; it's defined.  See if it's changed:
      \begingroup
        \edef\othpt@check{\page@withpoints}%
        \edef\pt@check{\lastpage@withpoints}%
        \ifx \pt@check \othpt@check
          % Do nothing
        \else
          \global\@pointschangedtrue
        \fi
      \endgroup
      }%
    \immediate\write\@mainaux
      {\string\gdef\string\lastpage@withbonuspoints{\page@withbonuspoints}}%
    % See if this has changed from the last run of LaTeX:
    \@ifundefined{lastpage@withbonuspoints}%
      {\global\@pointschangedtrue}%
      {%
      % OK; it's defined.  See if it's changed:
      \begingroup
        \edef\othpt@check{\page@withbonuspoints}%
        \edef\pt@check{\lastpage@withbonuspoints}%
        \ifx \pt@check \othpt@check
          % Do nothing
        \else
          \global\@pointschangedtrue
        \fi
      \endgroup
      }%
  \fi
  % Echo numbers of questions, parts, and subparts:
  \typeout{This exam contains \thenumquestions\space questions
    with \thenumparts\space parts, \thenumsubparts\space subparts,
    and \thenumsubsubparts\space subsubparts.}
  % If counting points, echo total points:
  \if@printtotalpoints
    \begingroup
      \def\typ@expnd{%
        \thenumpoints
        \ifnumpoints@half
          \space and a half%
        \fi
      }
      \typeout{This exam has a total of \typ@expnd\space points.}
      \def\typ@expnd{%
        \thenumbonuspoints
        \ifnumbonuspoints@half
          \space and a half%
        \fi
      }
      \typeout{This exam has a total of \typ@expnd\space bonus points.}
    \endgroup
  \fi
  \if@pointschanged
    \ClassWarningNoLine{exam}{Point totals have changed.
               Rerun to get point totals right}%
  \fi
}% AtEndDocument


% We define \iflastpage so that it can safely be used
% in headers and footers:
\def\iflastpage#1#2{%
  \@ifundefined{exam@lastpage}{\def\@@lastpage{-1}}%
          {\edef\@@lastpage{\exam@lastpage}}%
  \ifnum\value{page}=\@@lastpage\relax
    #1%
  \else
    #2%
  \fi
}% iflastpage


% The macro \oddeven takes two arguments.  If the page number is odd,
% then you get the first argument; otherwise, you get the second
% argument.
\def\oddeven#1#2{%
  \ifodd\value{page}%
    #1%
  \else
    #2%
  \fi
}% oddeven



%--------------------------------------------------------------------
%--------------------------------------------------------------------
%                 \ifcontinuation, \ContinuedQuestion,
%                \ifincomplete, and \IncompleteQuestion

% The commands \ifcontinuation, \ContinuedQuestion, \ifincomplete, and
% \IncompleteQuestion assume that there is only one questions
% environment in the entire document.  (Actually, \ContinuedQuestion
% should work even if there are multiple questions environments, but
% none of the other three will work in general.)



% \PgInfo@write, \PgInfo and \PgInfo@get are our replacements
% for \label, \newlabel, and \pageref.  (We're avoiding using
% \label, \newlabel, and \pageref so that we will be compatible
% with hyperref.sty, which redefines those commands.)

% We use \PgInfo, \PgInfo@write, and \PgInfo@get to know on which page
% each question, part, subpart, subsubpart, and choice appears.

% We use \PgInfo@write to write \PgInfo commands to the .aux file.  The
% \PgInfo command takes two arguments: A question (or part, or subpart,
% or subsubpart) label, and the number of the page on which it appears.

% The label for a question is of the form `question@2' (if it's question
% 2).

% The label for a part is of the form `part@2@1' (if it's part a of
% question 2).

% The label for a subpart is of the form `subpart@2@1@3' (if it's
% subpart iii of part a of question 2).

% The label for a subsubpart is of the form `subsubpart@2@1@3@4' (if
% it's subsubpart $\delta$ of subpart iii of part a of question 2).

% Each question, part, subpart, subsubpart, and choice also gets a
% \PgInfo@write command using a label of the form question2@object3 (if
% it's the third object of the second question).

% Inside one of the solution environments (solution, solutionorbox,
% etc.) each part, subpart, subsubpart, and choice get only the
% \PgInfo@write command using a label of the form question2@object3
% (if it's the third object of the second question).

% When read in from the .aux file, the \PgInfo command defines a
% control sequence of the form `Pg@label' that expands to the page
% number for the corresponding question.  For example,
% \PgInfo{subsubpart@2@1@3@4}{7} defines \csname
% Pg@subsubpart@2@1@3@4\endcsname to expand to 7.

% The \PgInfo@get{label} command returns the value of the macro Pg@label,
% but it *doesn't* check whether that macro is defined.  Thus, it's
% important to check that the macro Pg@label is defined before giving the
% command \PgInfo@get{label}.



% The token list to a \write command isn't expanded until
% it's shipped out.  Since the argument to PgInfo@write
% generally contains macros, we want to expand those macros
% now, rather than waiting until this is shipped out, at which
% point the macros may have different values.  Thus, we use
% \edef to force expansion of the argument, and we put
% a \noexpand in front of \thepage so that the \thepage
% will not be expanded now.  (This may not get shipped out
% until a later page, and so we want the \thepage to be expanded
% only when it's shipped out.)
% We use the \begingroup \endgroup pair so that our use
% of \reserved@a won't affect its use anywhere else.
\def\PgInfo@write#1{%
  \begingroup
    \edef\reserved@a{\write\@mainaux
      {\string\PgInfo{#1}{\noexpand\thepage}}}%
    \reserved@a
  \endgroup
}

%\PgInfo commands are written to the .aux file by the \PgInfo@write
%command; that's the only place that \PgInfo commands appear.
\def\PgInfo#1#2{\expandafter\gdef\csname Pg@#1\endcsname{#2}}

% Note: PgInfo@get assumes that the control sequence being
% constructed is already defined; you have to make sure of this
% *before* calling \Pginfo@get
\def\PgInfo@get#1{\csname Pg@#1\endcsname}

% \set@counter@to@pageof takes two arguments: The first is the name of a
% counter, and the second (expands to) the label of a question, part,
% subpart, subsubpart, or choice.  If that label exists, then we set the
% counter equal to the page on which the question (or part, etc.)
% appears.  If that label doesn't exist, we set the counter equal to -1.
% (No labels exist on the first run of LaTeX on the file, and if a new
% question (or part, etc.) was created by editing the file, then the
% label will not exist until the run of LaTeX after that.)
\def\set@counter@to@pageof#1#2{%
  \@ifundefined{Pg@#2}%
  {\setcounter{#1}{-1}}%
  {\setcounter{#1}{\csname Pg@#2\endcsname}}%
}


%--------------------------------------------------------------------

% \ifcontinuation#1#2 expands to #2 if either:
% (1) The command \noquestionsonthispage has been given on this page,
% or
% (2) The current page is before the page containing question number
% 1, or
% (3) A question begins on this page before any part, subpart,
% subsubpart, or choice begins, or
% (4) The current page is later than a page with the \nomorequestions
% command.
% Otherwise, it expands to #1.
%
% Thus, for example, if there are no questions, parts, subparts,
% subsubparts, or choices on this page, and no \noquestionsonthispage
% command, and we're not before question 1, and not after a
% \nomorequestions command, then \ifcontinuation will expand to #1.


\def\ifcontinuation#1#2{%
  % If there's a \noquestionsonthispage command on this page, then
  % we assume that we're not continuing anything:
  \@ifundefined{No@Questions@Pg@\thepage}%
    {\chk@contin{#1}{#2}}%
    {#2}%
}% \ifcontinuation

\def\chk@contin#1#2{%
  % We check whether we're on a page *before* the page on which the
  % first question appears.  If we don't yet know which page has
  % question number 1, then we must be doing an early run of LaTeX,
  % and we'll assume we're not a continuation.
  \expandafter\ifx\csname Pg@question@1\endcsname\relax
    % No page info yet; assume not a continuation
    #2%
  \else
    % Note: The ``\relax'' at the end of the following \ifnum
    % serves an entirely different purpose from the one at the
    % end of the above \expandafter\ifx.  That one (above)
    % is one of the things being compared, whereas the
    % one we're about to use is just to clearly mark the
    % end of the second number being compared by the \ifnum
    % (since it's conceivable that the ``#2'' would begin
    % with a digit).
    \ifnum \thepage < \csname Pg@question@1\endcsname\relax
      % We're before the page with question 1:
      #2%
    \else
      % The current page begins a new question if Contin@\thepage
      % has been defined as a macro that expands to \relax (Note
      % that this is different from if Contin@\thepage has never
      % been defined at all, in which case it will be let equal to
      % \relax (temporarily) by the \csname command.)
      \expandafter\ifx\csname Contin@\thepage\endcsname\ref@relax
        #2%
      \else
        % See if we're after a \nomorequestions command:
        \@ifundefined{Pg@@endquestions}%
        {#1}%
        {\ifnum \thepage > \PgInfo@get{@endquestions}\relax
          % We're after a \nomorequestions:
          #2%
         \else
           % We actually are incomplete:
           #1%
         \fi
        }%
      \fi
    \fi 
  \fi
}% chk@contin

\def\nomorequestions{%
  \PgInfo@write{@endquestions}%
}% nomorequestions

\def\noquestionsonthispage{%
  \write\@mainaux{\string\expandafter\string\gdef
    \string\csname\space No@Questions@Pg@\thepage\string\endcsname
    {No questions here}}%
}% noquestionsonthispage


%--------------------------------------------------------------------
% \ContinuedQuestion is for use in headers and footers, where we can
% assume that \thepage is the number of the page on which we'll
% actually appear.

% \ContinuedQuestion expands to the number of the question that
% continues onto this page, or to -1 if this page begins with a new
% question.

% ACTUALLY: \ContinuedQuestion expands to a positive number if either
% (1) this page doesn't contain the beginning of any question, part,
% subpart, subsubpart, or choice, or (2) this page has a part, subpart,
% subsubpart, or choice that appears before any question.  That means
% that if the current page actually begins with space for a continuation
% of the previous question (but doesn't begin any part, subpart,
% subsubpart, or choice of that question) and then has a question, then
% we'll be asserting that this page begins with a new question, but the
% actual top of the page will begin with some blank space that's
% intended for the previous question.

% \ContinuedQuestion works by examining the value of the macro
% Contin@\thepage.  If this page starts with a question (i.e., if no
% question continues onto this page), then the macro Contin@\thepage
% will be defined, and will expand to `\relax' (and so an \ifx between
% \csname Contin@\thepage\endcsname and \ref@relax will be true).

% If Contin@\thepage is undefined, then when it is used in an \ifx
% command it will be temporarily set equal to \relax (which is
% *different* from being a macro that expands to \relax); in this case,
% there is no question, part, subpart, subsubpart, or choice that begins
% on this page, and so \ContinuedQuestion will be set equal to the last
% question that was begun on a page before this one.

% The last possibility is that this page begins with either a part,
% subpart, subsubpart, or choice.  In this case, Contin@\thepage is
% defined, and it expands to the number of the question that is
% continued onto this page.


\def\ref@relax{\relax}

\def\ContinuedQuestion{%
  \expandafter\ifx\csname Contin@\thepage\endcsname\relax
    % We get here if there's no question, part, subpart,
    % subsubpart, or choice on this page, and so Contin@\thepage has
    % never been defined at all.  In that case, this page
    % continues whichever question was last begun on or 
    % before this page.
    \find@latestques
    \thelatest@ques
  \else
    \expandafter\ifx\csname Contin@\thepage\endcsname\ref@relax
      % We get here if this page begins with a new question,
      % which is why Contin@\thepage has been defined to be
      % a macro that expands to \relax.
      % ACTUALLY: We get here if this page has a question that
      % appears before any part, subpart, subsubpart, or choice.  That
      % means that if the current page actually begins with space
      % for a continuation of the previous question but doesn't begin
      % any part, subpart, subsubpart, or choice of that question, then
      % we'll be asserting that this page begins with a new question,
      % but the actual top of the page will begin with some space
      % that's intended for the previous question.
      -1\relax
    \else
      % We get here if we didn't get anywhere above.  This happens
      % if Contin@\thepage has been defined to be a macro that expands
      % to something other than \relax, in which case it has been
      % defined to be a macro that expands to the number of the
      % question that continues onto this page.
      \csname Contin@\thepage\endcsname
    \fi
  \fi
}

%--------------------------------------------------------------------
% \find@latestques is for use in headers and footers, where we can
% assume that \thepage actually equals the page on which we'll appear.
% We find the last question that was started on or before the current
% page.

\newcounter{latest@ques}

\newcommand\find@latestques{%
  % \find@latestques is for use in headers and footers.
  % \find@latestques will set the counter latest@ques
  % to the number of the last question
  % that was begun on the exam from page 1 through the current
  % page.  This may well be the value of the question counter,
  % but it may be less than that if the page following this one
  % begins a new question and that question beginning was
  % typeset before the present page was shipped out.
  % Note: This macro is called both by \ContinuedQuestion and by
  % \find@quesend, which is why it has to find the last question
  % begun on or before the current page, rather than just before
  % the current page.
  \ifnum 1 > \value{question}\relax
    % Oops; probably because we're before the first question
    % Just set latest@ques to -1:
    \setcounter{latest@ques}{-1}%
  \else
    % If question latest@ques actually begins on this page (rather
    % than on the next page, but early enough on the next page
    % that the counter was advanced before we ran off into the
    % output routine to output the page and set the header and 
    % footer), then that's the correct question number.
    \expandafter\ifx\csname Pg@question@\arabic{question}\endcsname\relax
      % We don't know what page that question is on;
      % this must be an early run, before the aux file
      % is helpful.  Just set it equal to -1 and wait until the next
      % run to get it right.
      \setcounter{latest@ques}{-1}%
    \else
      % We now know that \PgInfo@get can tell us the page number
      % of \arabic{question} and of all earlier questions.
      % Set latest@ques equal to the current question number, and
      % then call \decr@latest@ques to recursively decrement
      % latest@ques as needed to find a question that begins on
      % or before the current page:
      \setcounter{latest@ques}{\value{question}}%
      \decr@latest@ques
    \fi
  \fi
}

\def\decr@latest@ques{%
  % If we get here, then we've already checked that the reference
  % Pg@question@\thelatest@ques is defined at least for a value of
  % \thelatest@ques greater than or equal to it's present value,
  % so we assume it's defined for all lesser values as well:
  \ifnum \thepage < \PgInfo@get{question@\thelatest@ques}\relax
    % Nope; latest@ques starts on a later page
    % Decrement latest@ques and see if that one's right:
    \addtocounter{latest@ques}{-1}%
    \ifnum \thelatest@ques < 1\relax
      \setcounter{latest@ques}{-1}%
      \let\next@dlq=\relax
    \else
      \let\next@dlq=\decr@latest@ques
    \fi
  \else
    % latest@ques starts on this page or earlier, so
    % that's the correct question number!  Exit:
    \let\next@dlq=\relax
  \fi
  \next@dlq
}

%--------------------------------------------------------------------
%--------------------------------------------------------------------
%--------------------------------------------------------------------
\newcounter{ques@end}
\newcounter{last@object}

\def\find@quesend{%
  % We find the last question started on or before the current page
  % and then find the page containing the last part (or subpart, or
  % subsubpart, or choice) of that question, and set the counter
  % ques@end to that page number.
  % Set latest@ques equal to the correct question number:
  \find@latestques
  \ifnum \value{latest@ques} < 0\relax
    % This must be an early run of LaTeX, before we have
    % \PgInfo commands in the .aux file:
    \setcounter{ques@end}{-1}%
  \else
    % We now know that this question has at least one object (since
    % we know that latest@ques isn't negative).
    % We'll find its highest numbered object by setting last@object
    % equal to 2 and then calling \find@lastobject to recursively
    % test whether that object number exists and, if so, incrementing
    % last@object to test for a higher numbered one:
    \setcounter{last@object}{2}%
    \find@lastobject
    \setcounter{ques@end}{\PgInfo@get{question\thelatest@ques
               @object\thelast@object}}%
  \fi
}% find@quesend

\def\find@lastobject{%
  % We check whether this question has an object numbered last@object
  % and recursively increment last@object to find the highest
  % numbered value for which the object exists:
  \@ifundefined{Pg@question\thelatest@ques @object\thelast@object}%
    {\addtocounter{last@object}{-1}%
      \let\nextfind@lastobject=\relax
    }%
    {\addtocounter{last@object}{1}%
      \let\nextfind@lastobject=\find@lastobject
    }%
  \nextfind@lastobject
}% find@lastobject



%--------------------------------------------------------------------
%--------------------------------------------------------------------
%--------------------------------------------------------------------

\newcounter{incmp@ques}

\def\IncompleteQuestion{%
  \Find@Incmp@ques
  % If there's no incomplete question, the counter incmp@ques will be
  % set to -1:
  \theincmp@ques
}

\def\Find@Incmp@ques{%
  % If we're on the last page, then there's no incomplete question:
  \iflastpage{\setcounter{incmp@ques}{-1}}{\chk@incomp}%
}% Find@Incmp@ques
\newcounter{next@ques}
\newcounter{next@page}

\def\chk@incomp{%
  % If we get here, we're not on the last page.
  % \find@quesend calls \find@latestques to set the counter
  % latest@ques equal to the number of the last question begun on or
  % before the current page, and then it sets the counter ques@end to
  % the page containing the last ques@object of that question:
  \find@quesend
  \ifnum \theques@end > \thepage\relax
    % This question has a part (or sub...) starting on a later page
    \setcounter{incmp@ques}{\value{latest@ques}}%
  \else
    \chk@incompi
  \fi
}% chk@incomp

\def\chk@incompi{%
  % If there are any pages after the current one and before the next
  % question (if there is a next question) that lack a
  % \noquestionsonthispage and that aren't following the page of a
  % \nomorequestions command, then question latest@ques is incomplete.
  % Otherwise, there is no incomplete question:
  \setcounter{next@ques}{\thelatest@ques}%
  \addtocounter{next@ques}{1}%
  % We use next@page as a scratch counter.  We start by setting it
  % to the last page we want to check for a \noquestionsonthispage
  % command:
  \expandafter\ifx\csname Pg@question@\thenext@ques \endcsname\relax
    % This isn't the last page but there is no next question:
%
    \@ifundefined{exam@lastpage}%
      {\setcounter{next@page}{-1}}%
      {\setcounter{next@page}{\exam@lastpage}}%
%
%    \setcounter{next@page}{\exam@lastpage}%
  \else
    \setcounter{next@page}{\PgInfo@get{question@\thenext@ques}}%
    \addtocounter{next@page}{-1}%
  \fi
  % See if that's after a \nomorequestions command:
  \@ifundefined{Pg@@endquestions}%
    {}%
    {\ifnum \PgInfo@get{@endquestions} < \value{next@page}\relax
       \setcounter{next@page}{\PgInfo@get{@endquestions}}%
     \fi
    }%
  % OK, the counter next@page now contains the last page to check.
  \chk@incompii
}% chk@incompi

\def\chk@incompii{%
  \ifnum \value{next@page} > \value{page}\relax
    % We need to check the page next@page:
    \@ifundefined{No@Questions@Pg@\arabic{next@page}}%
    {\setcounter{incmp@ques}{\value{latest@ques}}%
      \let\next@incompii=\relax
    }%
    {\addtocounter{next@page}{-1}%
      \let\next@incompii = \chk@incompii
    }%
  \else
    % There's no incomplete question:
    \setcounter{incmp@ques}{-1}%
    \let\next@incompii=\relax
  \fi
  \next@incompii
}% chk@incompii

\def\ifincomplete#1#2{%
  % We need to pass the arguments to \chk@ifincomp; we save them in
  % macros so they won't be messed up by the call to \Find@Incmp@ques:
  \def\incomp@first{#1}%
  \def\incomp@second{#2}%
  % If there's a \noquestionsonthispage command on this page, then
  % we assume nothing from this page is incomplete:
  \@ifundefined{No@Questions@Pg@\thepage}%
    {\chk@ifincomp}%
    {\incomp@second}%
}% ifincomplete

\def\chk@ifincomp{%
  \Find@Incmp@ques
  % If there's no incomplete question, \Find@Incmp@ques sets the
  % counter incmp@ques to -1:
  \ifnum \theincmp@ques < 0\relax
    \incomp@second
  \else
    % Are we after a page with \nomorequestions?
    \@ifundefined{Pg@@endquestions}%
      {\incomp@first}%
      {\ifnum \thepage < \PgInfo@get{@endquestions}\relax
         \incomp@first
       \else
         \incomp@second
       \fi
      }%
  \fi
}% chk@ifincomp

%--------------------------------------------------------------------
% These are the commands for dealing with hlfcntr's, i.e., the things
% used to count points.
%
% A point value is a nonnegative integer with an optional half integer.
% A hlfcntr consists of a regular counter together with an \if: If the
% regular counter is called ``counter'', then the \if is called
% ``\ifcounter@half''; it's set true by ``\counter@halftrue'' and set
% false by ``\counter@halffalse''.
%
% The commands:
%
% \new@hlfcntr{countername}
% \set@hlfcntr{countername}{value}
% \copy@hlfcntr{tocounter}{fromcounter}
% \addto@hlfcntr{countername}{value}
% \add@hlfcntrtohlfcntr{getsaddedto}{whatsadded}
% \ifhlfcntr@pos{countername}
% \prtaux@hlfcntr{countername}
% \prt@hlfcntr{countername}
%
% ``value'' can be either a (nonnegative) integer, an integer followed by
% ``\half'', or just plain ``\half''.  (Actually, ``value'' can be empty
% (although the braces must be present), in which case it's interpreted
% as ``0''.)
%
% Examples of valid values:
%   0
%   0\half
%   1
%   1\half
%   2
%   2\half
% etc.

% Note on using ``\global'': LaTeX's \setcounter and \addtocounter
% commands are already \global (i.e., you don't have to say
% ``\global''), but \somethingtrue and \somethingfalse (used to set
% \ifsomething) aren't.  Thus, we need to say ``\global'' when setting
% these things.

% To create a hlfcntr:
\newcommand*\new@hlfcntr[1]{%
  \newcounter{#1}%
  \expandafter\newif\csname if#1@half\endcsname
}% new@hlfcntr


% A scratch hlfcntr:
\new@hlfcntr{tmp@hlfcntr}

\newcommand*\horiz@half{$\frac{1}{2}$}
\newcommand*\slanted@half{%
  $\raise0.6ex\hbox{$\scriptstyle 1$}\kern -.2em/\kern -.2em
     \raise-0.5ex\hbox{$\scriptstyle 2$}$%
}% slanted@half
\newcommand*\useslantedhalf{\global\let\half\slanted@half}
\newcommand*\usehorizontalhalf{\global\let\half\horiz@half}
\newcommand*\half{\slanted@half}


\newcommand*\set@hlfcntr[2]{%
  \begingroup
    \global\csname #1@halffalse\endcsname
    % If there as a `\half' present, it will be executed
    % right after the assignment of the digit part of #2
    % to the counter #1.
    \def\half{%
      \global\csname #1@halftrue\endcsname
    }%
    % We insert a `0' in case there are no digits present:
    % We avoid using \setcounter, because calc.sty redefines
    % \setcounter in a way that conflicts with the \half trick
    % we're using:
    %    \setcounter{#1}{0#2}\relax
    \global\csname c@#1\endcsname 0#2\relax
  \endgroup
}% set@hlfcntr

\newcommand*\copy@hlfcntr[2]{%
  % We set #1 to the value of #2
  \setcounter{#1}{\value{#2}}%
  \csname if#2@half\endcsname
    \global\csname #1@halftrue\endcsname
  \else
    \global\csname #1@halffalse\endcsname
  \fi
}% copy@hlfcntr

\newcommand*\addto@hlfcntr[2]{%
  % We add the valueandhalf #2 to hlfcntr #1
  \begingroup
    \def\half{\add@half{#1}}%
    % We insert a `0' in case there are no digits present:
    % We avoid using \addtocounter, because calc.sty redefines
    % \addtocounter in a way that conflicts with the \half trick
    % we're using:
    %    \addtocounter{#1}{0#2}\relax
    \global\advance\csname c@#1\endcsname 0#2\relax
  \endgroup
}% addto@hlfcntr

\newcommand*\add@hlfcntrtohlfcntr[2]{%
  % We add the hlfcntr #2 to the hlfcntr #1
  \addtocounter{#1}{\value{#2}}%
  \csname if#2@half\endcsname
    \add@half{#1}%
  \fi
}% add@hlfcntrtohlfcntr

\newcommand*\add@half[1]{%
  % We add one half to hlfcntr #1:
  \csname if#1@half\endcsname
    \addtocounter{#1}{1}%
    \global\csname #1@halffalse\endcsname
  \else
    \global\csname #1@halftrue\endcsname
  \fi
}% add@half

% Important reminder about \ifhlfcntr@pos: Do not use it inside
% another conditional!  The construction
%  \ifhlfcntr@pos{somecounter}
%    do some stuff...
%  \fi
% is perfectly fine as long as it's expanded, but: If it's inside
% another conditional, and the condition is not satisfied, then it's
% read through without expansion.  In that case, TeX sees the
% \ifhlfcntr@pos but does *not* recognize it as being part of a
% conditional, but when it sees the concluding \fi it does recognize
% that, and so TeX completes the outer conditional at that \fi, which
% causes an error.
\newcounter{ifpos@cntr}
\def\ifhlfcntr@pos#1{%
  % The argument must be a hlfcntr (which, of course,
  % can never be negative); we'll be true if and only if
  % that halfcntr is positive:
  \setcounter{ifpos@cntr}{\value{#1}}%
  \csname if#1@half\endcsname
    \addtocounter{ifpos@cntr}{1}%
  \fi
  \ifnum \value{ifpos@cntr} > 0\relax
}% ifhlfnctr@pos

% \prtaux@hlfcntr is used inside the argument of a \write command for
% writing to the .aux file:
\newcommand*\prtaux@hlfcntr[1]{%
  % We don't want a \relax after the 0 in the following
  % line, because it would sometimes appear in the aux file:
  \ifnum \value{#1} = 0 
    % We have to make the following a macro, because if we
    % don't do this part, the \fi will cause confusion, since
    % there's no \if visible until the \csname is expanded:
    \prtaux@halforzero{#1}%
  \else
    \arabic{#1}%
    % We have to make the following a macro, because if we
    % don't do this part, the \fi will cause confusion, since
    % there's no \if visible until the \csname is expanded:
    \prtaux@halforblank{#1}%
  \fi
}% prtaux@hlfcntr
\newcommand*\prtaux@halforzero[1]{%
  \csname if#1@half\endcsname
    \string\half
  \else
    0%
  \fi
}% prtaux@hlforzero
\newcommand*\prtaux@halforblank[1]{%
  \csname if#1@half\endcsname
    \string\half
  \fi
}% prtaux@halforblank

\newcommand*\prt@hlfcntr[1]{%
  % We don't want a \relax after the 0 in the following
  % line, because it would sometimes appear in the aux file:
  \ifnum \value{#1} = 0 
    % We have to make the following a macro, because if we
    % don't do this part, the \fi will cause confusion, since
    % there's no \if visible until the \csname is expanded:
    \prt@halforzero{#1}%
  \else
    \arabic{#1}%
    % We have to make the following a macro, because if we
    % don't do this part, the \fi will cause confusion, since
    % there's no \if visible until the \csname is expanded:
    \prt@halforblank{#1}%
  \fi
}% prt@hlfcntr
\newcommand*\prt@halforzero[1]{%
  \csname if#1@half\endcsname
    \half
  \else
    0%
  \fi
}% prt@hlforzero
\newcommand*\prt@halforblank[1]{%
  \csname if#1@half\endcsname
    \half
  \fi
}% prt@halforblank

% End of the commands for dealing with hlfcntr's

%--------------------------------------------------------------------
%---------------------------------------------------------------------
%
%                    ***************************
%                    ** QUESTION ENVIRONMENTS **
%                    ***************************
%
%
%

% We define the command \part only inside of a parts environment, so
% that we don't interfere with the meaning of the standard article
% documentclass command \part if that is used inside of a questions
% environment.  The commands \question, \subpart, and \subsubpart are
% defined everywhere inside of a questions environment.  If the user
% accidentally gives a \subpart command outside of a subparts
% environment, then an error will be created.




% We use the counter name `partno' for the parts environment so that
% we will not interfere with the counter `part' used by the article
% document class.

\newcounter{question}
\newcounter{partno}
\newcounter{subpart}
\newcounter{subsubpart}
\newcounter{choice}
\new@hlfcntr{numpoints}
\set@hlfcntr{numpoints}{0}
\new@hlfcntr{numbonuspoints}
\set@hlfcntr{numbonuspoints}{0}
\new@hlfcntr{pointsof@thisquestion}
\set@hlfcntr{pointsof@thisquestion}{0}
\new@hlfcntr{bonuspointsof@thisquestion}
\set@hlfcntr{bonuspointsof@thisquestion}{0}
\newcounter{numquestions}
\newcounter{numparts}
\newcounter{numsubparts}
\newcounter{numsubsubparts}
\newcounter{Curr@Page}

% @pagepoints accumulates the points on a single page:
\new@hlfcntr{@pagepoints}
\set@hlfcntr{@pagepoints}{0}
\new@hlfcntr{@pagebonuspoints}
\set@hlfcntr{@pagebonuspoints}{0}
\newcounter{pageof@pagepoints}
\setcounter{pageof@pagepoints}{0}
\newcounter{pageof@pagebonuspoints}
\setcounter{pageof@pagebonuspoints}{0}

% latest@points is a holding area for points until we know
% whether they'll land on the same page as the points
% currently counted in @pagepoints:
\new@hlfcntr{latest@points}
\set@hlfcntr{latest@points}{0}
\new@hlfcntr{latest@bonuspoints}
\set@hlfcntr{latest@bonuspoints}{0}

% Whenever we meet a new page on which points are defined, we'll
% redefine \page@withpoints to expand to that page.  At the end of the
% document, it will hold the last page that has points, and we'll write
% a \gdef\lastpage@withpoints command to the .aux file.
% We initialize \page@withpoints here:
\def\page@withpoints{0}%
\def\page@withbonuspoints{0}%

% \pageinfo@commands is used by each question, part, subpart, and
% subsubpart to insert into everypar the \PgInfo@write command to put
% its page number into the .aux file, the \PgInfo@get command to read
% the page number into the counter Curr@Page, and to test and set
% \Contin@\theCurr@Page.  \temp@toks is used by part, subpart, and
% subsubpart to append all that to \pageinfo@commands, rather than
% deleting whatever may have been put into \pageinfo@commands by the
% current question and/or part and/or subpart.
\newtoks\pageinfo@commands
\newtoks\temp@toks

% \pagepoint@commands holds the commands to manage the counting of the
% number of points defined on each page.
\newtoks\pagepoint@commands

% \point@toks holds the commands to print the points at the proper
% location on the page (except that it's not used by the \qformat
% option).
\newtoks\point@toks

% We'll use \greeknum to number subsubparts
\def\greeknum#1{\expandafter\lc@greek\csname c@#1\endcsname}
\def\lc@greek#1{%
  \ifcase #1\or $\alpha$\or $\beta$\or $\gamma$\or $\delta$\or
  $\epsilon$\or $\zeta$\or $\eta$\or $\theta$\or $\iota$\or
  $\kappa$\or $\lambda$\or $\mu$\or $\nu$\or $\xi$\or o\or $\pi$\or
  $\rho$\or $\sigma$\or $\tau$\or $\upsilon$\or $\phi$\or $\chi$\or
  $\psi$\or $\omega$\else \@ctrerr
  \fi
}% lc@greek


% The following macros are a variation on a trick from Victor
% Eijkhout's ``TeX by Topic'', page 142:
% Both \prepend@toklist and \append@toklist take two arguments,
% both of which should be token lists.
% \prepend@toklist prepends #2 to #1
% \append@toklist appends #2 to #1

\def\prepend@toklist#1#2{%
  \edef\do@it{\noexpand#1={\the#2\the#1}}%
  \do@it
}% prepend@toklist

\def\append@toklist#1#2{%
  \edef\do@it{\noexpand#1={\the#1\the#2}}%
  \do@it
}% append@toklist


% The command \qformat is provided for the user who wants to
% design a nonstandard question line.  If this command is used,
% then the usual line containing the question number and the beginning
% of the question will be replaced by the line specified by the
% \qformat command, and the question will begin on the following
% line.
% Within the argument of the \qformat command:
% \thequestion will be replaced by the question number, and
% \thepoints will be replaced by ``\@points \@pointname'' if the
% number of points has been specified for this question, and otherwise
% it inserts nothing at all.  (The conditional @placepoints is used to
% determine if there were points specified for this question.)
% The argument to the \qformat command *must* contain some
% stretch, i.e., at least one \hfil or \dotfill or ...
%
% The command \noqformat cancels the effect of \qformat and returns us
% to the default situation.
%
% The commands \bonusqformat and \nobonusformat are analogous.
\newif\if@qformat
\@qformatfalse
\newif\if@bonusqformat
\@bonusqformatfalse

\def\qformat#1{%
  \global\@qformattrue
  \gdef\@questionformat{#1}%
}% qformat
\def\bonusqformat#1{%
  \global\@bonusqformattrue
  \gdef\@bonusquestionformat{#1}%
}% bonusqformat

\newcommand\noqformat{%
  \global\@qformatfalse
}% noqformat
\newcommand\nobonusqformat{%
  \global\@bonusqformatfalse
}% nobonusqformat


% \thepoints is for use in either a \qformat command
% or a \pointformat command (or a \bonusqformat command).
% It needs to have the
% \if@placepoints so that if it's used in a \qformat command
% it won't print anything if there are no points:
\newcommand\thepoints{%
  \if@placepoints
    \if@bonus
      \@points \@bonuspointname
    \else
      \@points \@pointname
    \fi
  \fi
}% thepoints

% \themarginpoints is for use only in a \pointformat command,
% and so it doesn't need the \if@placepoints bit in \thepoints:
\newcommand\themarginpoints{%
  \if@bonus
    \@points \@marginbonuspointname
  \else
    \@points \@marginpointname
  \fi
}% themarginpoints

% We define the \subpart and \subsubpart commands when we enter a
% questions environment (rather than waiting until we enter a subparts
% of subsubparts environment) so that we can signal an error if a
% \subpart or \subsubpart command appears outside of the corresponding
% environment.  (We don't do this for the \part command so that the user
% can use the standard sectioning \part command outside of a parts
% environment.)

% The counter ques@object will count the items in each question, where
% an item is defined as either the question itself, or a part, or a
% subpart, or a subsubpart, or a choice.  This will be used by
% \find@quesend to find the last page occupied by the last question
% begun on or before the current page:
\newcounter{ques@object}

% \first@questionobject will be used by the \question command.
% That is, it will be used only once, but we want to keep its
% definition here, near the definitions of \addquestionobject and
% \questionobject@pluspagecheck.
\newcommand{\first@questionobject}{%
  \setcounter{ques@object}{1}%
  % \PgInfo@write expands it's argument, so we don't need edef:
%   \edef\q@object@label{%
%     question\arabic{question}@object\arabic{ques@object}}%
%   \PgInfo@write{\q@object@label}%
  \PgInfo@write{question\arabic{question}@object\arabic{ques@object}}%
}% first@questionobject

% \addquestionobject will be used by each part, subpart, and
% subsubpart, and can also be used by the user to mark the end of a
% question that spills over onto the next page without any part,
% subpart, etc. starting on that page:
\newcommand{\addquestionobject}{%
  \addtocounter{ques@object}{1}%
  % \PgInfo@write expands it's argument, so we don't need edef:
%   \edef\q@object@label{%
%     question\arabic{question}@object\arabic{ques@object}}%
%   \PgInfo@write{\q@object@label}%
  \PgInfo@write{question\arabic{question}@object\arabic{ques@object}}%
}% addquestionobject

% \questionobject@pluspagecheck will be used by each choice, as well
% as by any \part, \subpart, or \subsubpart that's inside of a
% solution.  It uses the questionobject to check if we're the first
% one on the current page, since choices (and questions etc. inside of
% solution environments) don't have labels the way that questions,
% parts, subparts, and subsubparts do (those things use the label to
% check if they're the first thing on the page).
\newcommand{\questionobject@pluspagecheck}{%
  % We don't want to do any of this if we're both inside a solution
  % environment and not printing answers (because we want to avoid
  % incrementing ques@object):
  \if@insolution
    \ifprintanswers
      \doqobj@ppchk
    \fi
  \else
    \doqobj@ppchk
  \fi
}% questionobject@pluspagecheck
\newcommand{\doqobj@ppchk}{%
  \addtocounter{ques@object}{1}%
  % We need the edef because we check the page of \q@object@label:
  \edef\q@object@label{%
    question\arabic{question}@object\arabic{ques@object}}%
  \PgInfo@write{\q@object@label}%
  \set@counter@to@pageof{Curr@Page}{\q@object@label}%
  \expandafter\ifx\csname Contin@\theCurr@Page\endcsname\relax
    % We're the first \question, \part, \subpart, \subsubpart,
    % or choice on this page:
    \global\expandafter\edef\csname
    Contin@\theCurr@Page\endcsname{\arabic{question}}%
  \fi
}% doqobj@ppchk                               



% if@bonus will be true when we're doing a bonusquestion or bonuspart
% or etc., and it will also be used also to distinguish between
% \gradetable and \bonusgradetable (and between \pointtable and
% \bonuspointtable, etc.), and also to distinguish between
% \pointsinrange and \bonuspointsinrange:
\newif\if@bonus
\@bonusfalse

% The following are for advanced users who want to customize the list
% parameters (\topsep, \partopsep, \itemsep, \parsep, etc.) for the
% lists that these environments create.  They are all defined to be
% empty, but the user can change them using \renewcommand.
\newcommand\questionshook{}
\newcommand\partshook{}
\newcommand\subpartshook{}
\newcommand\subsubpartshook{}
\newcommand\choiceshook{}
\newcommand\checkboxeshook{}


\newenvironment{questions}{%
  % \@queslevel is used for two purposes:
  % (1) We check that every \question, \part, \subpart, and 
  % \subsubpart command appears inside the appropriate environment,
  % and generate an error if one appears in the wrong place.
  % (2) If a \qformat is being used and if \@queslevel tells us
  % that we're currently processing a question, then we set
  % \global \point@toks={} to avoid setting the points for a 
  % question other than via the qformat command.
  \def\@queslevel{question}%
  \def\titledquestion##1{%
    \@bonusfalse
    \def\thequestiontitle{##1}%
    \process@question
  }%
  \def\bonustitledquestion##1{%
    \@bonustrue
    \def\thequestiontitle{##1}%
    \process@question
  }%
  \def\question{%
    \@bonusfalse
    \def\thequestiontitle{\csname p@question\endcsname
                          \csname thequestion\endcsname}%
    \process@question
  }%
  \def\bonusquestion{%
    \@bonustrue
    \def\thequestiontitle{\csname p@question\endcsname
                          \csname thequestion\endcsname}%
    \process@question
  }%
  \def\process@question{%
    \if@coverpages
      \cover@question@error
    \fi
    \@checkqueslevel{question}%
    \addtocounter{numquestions}{1}%
    % Write the sum of points of the previous question (if any)
    % to the .aux file.  (At this point, the question counter
    % has not yet been incremented, so \value{question} is the
    % number of the question that was just completed.)
    \if@filesw
      \ifnum \value{question} > 0\relax
        % First do regular points:
        \immediate\write\@mainaux
          {\string\gdef\string\pointsofq@
            \romannumeral \csname c@question\endcsname
              {\prtaux@hlfcntr{pointsof@thisquestion}}}%
        % See if this has changed from the last run of LaTeX:
        \CheckIfChanged@hlf{pointsof@thisquestion}{pointsofq@\romannumeral
                            \csname c@question\endcsname}%
        % Now do bonus points:
        \immediate\write\@mainaux
          {\string\gdef\string\bonuspointsofq@
            \romannumeral \csname c@question\endcsname
              {\prtaux@hlfcntr{bonuspointsof@thisquestion}}}%
        % See if this has changed from the last run of LaTeX:
        \CheckIfChanged@hlf{bonuspointsof@thisquestion}%
                           {bonuspointsofq@\romannumeral
                             \csname c@question\endcsname}%
      \fi
    \fi
    \set@hlfcntr{pointsof@thisquestion}{0}%
    \set@hlfcntr{bonuspointsof@thisquestion}{0}%
    % If there was a question with points immediately preceding
    % this question (i.e., there were no parts in the previous
    % question), then @placepoints will still be true, and we need to
    % cancel it.  (We used to do this inside of the \thepoints macro,
    % but that allowed for an error if the user specified points for a
    % question but had a \qformat that didn't mention \thepoints.)  We
    % also set @placepoints to be false when entering a parts
    % environment. 
    \global \@placepointsfalse
    % point@toks will normally be empty at this point, but it might be
    % nonempty if there were points somewhere in the previous question
    % that never made it onto the page because we never entered
    % horizontal mode (perhaps because the user was weird and let the
    % text of a question (or part, etc.) consist entirely of an
    % enumerate environment, or description environment, or etc.).
    \global \point@toks={}%
    % Important: Don't leave any blank lines inside of
    % \pageinfo@commands!!  This token list will be dumped into
    % horizontal mode by \everypar, and so any blank lines will
    % cause paragraph breaks. 
    \pageinfo@commands={%
      \edef\@queslabel{question@\arabic{question}}%
      \PgInfo@write{\@queslabel}%
      \first@questionobject
      % In addition to the \PgInfo@write we use an actual \label
      % command.  We do this in order to make the question numbers in
      % the grade tables into \ref's, so that if the user says
      % \usepackage{hyperref}, those question numbers will be clickable.
      % 
      % A further purpose of these labels (which we actually do for all
      % questions, parts, subparts, and subsubparts) is that if a
      % question (or part, etc.) is, e.g., moved from one page to
      % another, LaTeX will notice this and warn the user that LaTeX
      % must be run one more time to be sure everything is correct.
      % 
      % We need to do this even though we've already included code to
      % check when point totals change because questions (and parts,
      % etc.) know what page they're on from reading the info written to
      % the .aux file on the previous run.  Thus, if a question (or
      % part, etc.) is moved to a different page, then the pointsonpage
      % totals won't notice until the *second* subsequent run of LaTeX,
      % and so there'll be no warning to the user on the *first* run.
      % Including these labels gives the user a warning on that first
      % run.
      %
      % Further futzing required: Since this is being put into the
      % token list \pageinfo@commands, the contents of which won't
      % actually be  executed until we enter horizontal mode (which
      % may well be in the first part of a parts environment), we need
      % to make sure that \@currentlabel is the number of the
      % question:
      \begingroup % to confine the change to \@currentlabel
%        \def\@currentlabel{\csname p@question\endcsname
%                           \csname thequestion\endcsname}%
        \def\@currentlabel{\thequestiontitle}%
        \label{\@queslabel}%
      \endgroup
      \set@counter@to@pageof{Curr@Page}{\@queslabel}%
      \expandafter\ifx\csname Contin@\theCurr@Page\endcsname\relax
        % We're the first \question, \part, \subpart, \subsubpart,
        % or choice on this page:
        \global\expandafter\edef
               \csname Contin@\theCurr@Page\endcsname{\relax}%
      \fi
      \the\pagepoint@commands
      \global \pageinfo@commands={}%
    }% pageinfo@commands
    \ifhmode
      % Remove any skips at the end of the previous paragraph
      % that might cause a blank line, and then end that paragraph:
      \unskip\unskip \par
    \fi
    \@doitem
  }% process@question
  \def\subpart{%
    \@bonusfalse
    \process@subpart
  }%
  \def\bonussubpart{%
    \@bonustrue
    \process@subpart
  }%
  \def\process@subpart{%
    \if@coverpages
      \cover@question@error
    \fi
    \@checkqueslevel{subpart}%
    \if@insolution
      % We don't count this subpart, so no addtocounter{numsubparts}.
      \temp@toks={%
        \questionobject@pluspagecheck
        \global \pageinfo@commands={}%
        % We omit the pagepoint@commands
      }% temp@toks
    \else
      \addtocounter{numsubparts}{1}%
      % Important: Don't leave any blank lines inside of
      % \pageinfo@commands!!  This token list will be dumped into
      % horizontal mode by \everypar, and so any blank lines will
      % cause paragraph breaks. 
      \temp@toks={%
        \edef\@subpartlabel{subpart@\arabic{question}%
          @\arabic{partno}@\arabic{subpart}}%
        \PgInfo@write{\@subpartlabel}%
        \addquestionobject
        % In addition to the \PgInfo@write we use an actual \label
        % command.  We do this in order to make the question numbers in
        % the grade tables into \ref's, so that if the user says
        % \usepackage{hyperref}, those question numbers will be clickable.
        % 
        % A further purpose of these labels (which we actually do for all
        % questions, parts, subparts, and subsubparts) is that if a
        % question (or part, etc.) is, e.g., moved from one page to
        % another, LaTeX will notice this and warn the user that LaTeX
        % must be run one more time to be sure everything is correct.
        % 
        % We need to do this even though we've already included code to
        % check when point totals change because questions (and parts,
        % etc.) know what page they're on from reading the info written to
        % the .aux file on the previous run.  Thus, if a question (or
        % part, etc.) is moved to a different page, then the pointsonpage
        % totals won't notice until the *second* subsequent run of LaTeX,
        % and so there'll be no warning to the user on the *first* run.
        % Including these labels gives the user a warning on that first
        % run.
        \label{\@subpartlabel}%
        \set@counter@to@pageof{Curr@Page}{\@subpartlabel}%
        \expandafter\ifx\csname Contin@\theCurr@Page\endcsname\relax
          % We're the first \question, \part, \subpart, \subsubpart,
          % or choice on this page:
          \global\expandafter\edef\csname
                         Contin@\theCurr@Page\endcsname{\arabic{question}}%
        \fi
        \the\pagepoint@commands
        \global \pageinfo@commands={}%
      }% temp@toks
    \fi
    \append@toklist \pageinfo@commands \temp@toks
    \ifhmode
      % Remove any skips at the end of the previous paragraph
      % that might cause a blank line, and then end that paragraph:
      \unskip\unskip \par
    \fi
    \@doitem
  }% process@subpart
  \def\subsubpart{%
    \@bonusfalse
    \process@subsubpart
  }%
  \def\bonussubsubpart{%
    \@bonustrue
    \process@subsubpart
  }%
  \def\process@subsubpart{%
    \if@coverpages
      \cover@question@error
    \fi
    \@checkqueslevel{subsubpart}%
    \if@insolution
      % We don't count this subsubpart, so no addtocounter{numsubsubparts}.
      \temp@toks={%
        \questionobject@pluspagecheck
        \global \pageinfo@commands={}%
        % We omit the pagepoint@commands
      }% temp@toks
    \else
      \addtocounter{numsubsubparts}{1}%
      % Important: Don't leave any blank lines inside of
      % \pageinfo@commands!!  This token list will be dumped into
      % horizontal mode by \everypar, and so any blank lines will
      % cause paragraph breaks. 
      \temp@toks={%
        \edef\@subsubpartlabel{subsubpart@\arabic{question}%
          @\arabic{partno}@\arabic{subpart}@\arabic{subsubpart}}%
        \PgInfo@write{\@subsubpartlabel}%
        \addquestionobject
        % In addition to the \PgInfo@write we use an actual \label
        % command.  We do this in order to make the question numbers in
        % the grade tables into \ref's, so that if the user says
        % \usepackage{hyperref}, those question numbers will be clickable.
        % 
        % A further purpose of these labels (which we actually do for all
        % questions, parts, subparts, and subsubparts) is that if a
        % question (or part, etc.) is, e.g., moved from one page to
        % another, LaTeX will notice this and warn the user that LaTeX
        % must be run one more time to be sure everything is correct.
        % 
        % We need to do this even though we've already included code to
        % check when point totals change because questions (and parts,
        % etc.) know what page they're on from reading the info written to
        % the .aux file on the previous run.  Thus, if a question (or
        % part, etc.) is moved to a different page, then the pointsonpage
        % totals won't notice until the *second* subsequent run of LaTeX,
        % and so there'll be no warning to the user on the *first* run.
        % Including these labels gives the user a warning on that first
        % run.
        \label{\@subsubpartlabel}%
        \set@counter@to@pageof{Curr@Page}{\@subsubpartlabel}%
        \expandafter\ifx\csname Contin@\theCurr@Page\endcsname\relax
          % We're the first \question, \part, \subpart, \subsubpart,
          % or choice on this page:
          \global\expandafter\edef\csname
                         Contin@\theCurr@Page\endcsname{\arabic{question}}%
        \fi
        \the\pagepoint@commands
        \global \pageinfo@commands={}%
      }% temp@toks
    \fi
    \append@toklist \pageinfo@commands \temp@toks
    \ifhmode
      % Remove any skips at the end of the previous paragraph
      % that might cause a blank line, and then end that paragraph:
      \unskip\unskip \par
    \fi
    \@doitem
  }% process@subsubpart
  \list{\question@number}%
    {\usecounter{question}%
    % We use the default definition of \makelabel
    % so as not to interfere with \qformat commands.
    % \def\makelabel##1{\hss\llap{##1}}%
    \settowidth{\leftmargin}{10.\hskip\labelsep}%
    \labelwidth\leftmargin\advance\labelwidth-\labelsep
    \partopsep=0pt
    \questionshook
    }%
  }% End of the first argument of \newenvironment{questions}
  {%
    \endlist
    % Write the number of points of the final question
    % to the .aux file:
    \if@filesw
      \ifnum \value{question} > 0\relax
        % First do the regular points:
        \immediate\write\@mainaux
          {\string\gdef\string\pointsofq@\romannumeral
                                \csname c@question\endcsname
            {\prtaux@hlfcntr{pointsof@thisquestion}}}%
        % See if this has changed from the last run of LaTeX:
        \CheckIfChanged@hlf{pointsof@thisquestion}%
                           {pointsofq@\romannumeral
                            \csname c@question\endcsname}%
        % Now do the bonus points:
        \immediate\write\@mainaux
          {\string\gdef\string\bonuspointsofq@\romannumeral
                                \csname c@question\endcsname
            {\prtaux@hlfcntr{bonuspointsof@thisquestion}}}%
        % See if this has changed from the last run of LaTeX:
        \CheckIfChanged@hlf{bonuspointsof@thisquestion}%
                           {bonuspointsofq@\romannumeral
                            \csname c@question\endcsname}%
      \fi
    \fi
  }% End of the second argument of \newenvironment{questions}
  
% \question@number is used as the label in the question list (instead
% of \questionlabel) so that if the user uses a \qformat command,
% we'll use the \@questionformat specified by the \qformat command:

\def\question@number{%
  \if@bonus
    \if@bonusqformat
      \makebox[\hsize][s]{\@bonusquestionformat}\hskip-\labelsep
    \else
      \questionlabel
    \fi
  \else
    \if@qformat
      \makebox[\hsize][s]{\@questionformat}\hskip-\labelsep
    \else
      \questionlabel
    \fi
  \fi
}
\newcommand\questionlabel{\thequestion.}
     
% We want the \part command to be defined *only* inside of a parts
% environment, so that the user can use the standard sectioning \part
% command inside of a questions environment (as long as it's outside of
% a parts environment).

\newenvironment{parts}{%
  \def\@queslevel{part}%
  % If the question numbers are being inserted via a \qformat,
  % and if a question is beginning with a parts environment, then
  % we need to enter horizonal mode to get the qformat printed
  % on the page, rather than saving up the question label (and
  % possible points) to be combined with the label of the first
  % part.  (\if@inlabel tells us if we are still waiting to enter
  % horizontal mode after seeing a \question command.)
  \if@bonus
    \if@bonusqformat
      \if@inlabel
        \leavevmode
        \@inlabelfalse
      \fi
      % The following is just in case the question had points,
      % in which case @placepoints will still be true.
      % (We used to do this inside of the \thepoints macro,
      % but that allowed for an error if the user specified points for
      % a question but had a \qformat that didn't mention \thepoints.)
      % We also set @placepoints to be false in the \question command,
      % in case one queation follows a previous one that had no parts.
      \global \@placepointsfalse
    \fi
  \else
    \if@qformat
      \if@inlabel
        \leavevmode
        \@inlabelfalse
      \fi
      % The following is just in case the question had points,
      % in which case @placepoints will still be true.
      % (We used to do this inside of the \thepoints macro,
      % but that allowed for an error if the user specified points for
      % a question but had a \qformat that didn't mention \thepoints.)
      % We also set @placepoints to be false in the \question command,
      % in case one queation follows a previous one that had no parts.
      \global \@placepointsfalse
    \fi
  \fi
  \def\part{%
    \@bonusfalse
    \process@part
  }%
  \def\bonuspart{%
    \@bonustrue
    \process@part
  }%
  \def\process@part{%
    \if@coverpages
      \cover@question@error
    \fi
    \@checkqueslevel{part}%
    \if@insolution
      % We don't count this part, so no addtocounter{numparts}.
      \temp@toks={%
        \questionobject@pluspagecheck
        \global \pageinfo@commands={}%
        % We omit the pagepoint@commands
      }% temp@toks
    \else
      \addtocounter{numparts}{1}%
      % Important: Don't leave any blank lines inside of
      % \pageinfo@commands!!  This token list will be dumped into
      % horizontal mode by \everypar, and so any blank lines will
      % cause paragraph breaks. 
      \temp@toks={%
        \edef\@partlabel{part@\arabic{question}@\arabic{partno}}%
        \PgInfo@write{\@partlabel}%
        \addquestionobject
        % In addition to the \PgInfo@write we use an actual \label
        % command.  We do this in order to make the question numbers in
        % the grade tables into \ref's, so that if the user says
        % \usepackage{hyperref}, those question numbers will be clickable.
        % 
        % A further purpose of these labels (which we actually do for all
        % questions, parts, subparts, and subsubparts) is that if a
        % question (or part, etc.) is, e.g., moved from one page to
        % another, LaTeX will notice this and warn the user that LaTeX
        % must be run one more time to be sure everything is correct.
        % 
        % We need to do this even though we've already included code to
        % check when point totals change because questions (and parts,
        % etc.) know what page they're on from reading the info written to
        % the .aux file on the previous run.  Thus, if a question (or
        % part, etc.) is moved to a different page, then the pointsonpage
        % totals won't notice until the *second* subsequent run of LaTeX,
        % and so there'll be no warning to the user on the *first* run.
        % Including these labels gives the user a warning on that first
        % run.
        \label{\@partlabel}%
        \set@counter@to@pageof{Curr@Page}{\@partlabel}%
        \expandafter\ifx\csname Contin@\theCurr@Page\endcsname\relax
          \global\expandafter\edef\csname
              Contin@\theCurr@Page\endcsname{\arabic{question}}%
        \fi
        \the\pagepoint@commands
        \global \pageinfo@commands={}%
      }% temp@toks
    \fi
    \append@toklist \pageinfo@commands \temp@toks
    \ifhmode
      % Remove any skips at the end of the previous paragraph
      % that might cause a blank line, and then end that paragraph:
      \unskip\unskip \par
    \fi
    \@doitem
  }% process@part
  \list{\partlabel}%
    {%
    \usecounter{partno}\def\makelabel##1{\hss\llap{##1}}%
    \settowidth{\leftmargin}{(m)\hskip\labelsep}%
    \labelwidth\leftmargin\advance\labelwidth-\labelsep
    \topsep=0pt
    \partopsep=0pt
    \partshook
    }%
  }% newenvironment{parts}
  {\endlist}
\newcommand\partlabel{(\thepartno)}
\def\thepartno{\alph{partno}}

\newenvironment{subparts}{%
  \def\@queslevel{subpart}%
  \list{\subpartlabel}%
    {%
    \usecounter{subpart}\def\makelabel##1{\hss\llap{##1}}%
    \settowidth{\leftmargin}{vii.\hskip\labelsep}%
    \labelwidth\leftmargin\advance\labelwidth-\labelsep
    \topsep=0pt
    \partopsep=0pt
    \subpartshook
    }%
  }%
  {\endlist}
\newcommand\subpartlabel{\thesubpart.}
\def\thesubpart{\roman{subpart}}

\newenvironment{subsubparts}{%
  \def\@queslevel{subsubpart}%
  \list{\subsubpartlabel}%
    {%
    \usecounter{subsubpart}\def\makelabel##1{\hss\llap{##1}}%
    \settowidth{\leftmargin}{($\psi$)\hskip\labelsep}%
    \labelwidth\leftmargin\advance\labelwidth-\labelsep
    \topsep=0pt
    \partopsep=0pt
    \subsubpartshook
    }%
  }%
  {\endlist}
\newcommand\subsubpartlabel{\thesubsubpart)}
\def\thesubsubpart{\greeknum{subsubpart}}




\pagepoint@commands={%
  \ifhlfcntr@pos{latest@points}%
    % We're putting a question (or part, etc.)
    % with points onto this page: 
    \ifnum \theCurr@Page > \thepageof@pagepoints\relax
      % These points go on a later page than
      % the points currently counted in @pagepoints:
      \ifnum \thepageof@pagepoints = 0\relax
        % Do nothing...
      \else
        \immediate\write\@mainaux
          {\string\gdef\string\pointsonpage@
           \romannumeral \csname c@pageof@pagepoints\endcsname
             {\prtaux@hlfcntr{@pagepoints}}}%
        % See if this has changed from the last run of LaTeX:
        \CheckIfChanged@hlf{@pagepoints}{pointsonpage@\romannumeral
                            \csname c@pageof@pagepoints\endcsname}%
      \fi
      % The following is a macro because \theCurr@Page and
      % \thepageof@pagepoints might differ by more than 1:
      \increment@pageof@pagepoints
      % The following label is so that we can make the page
      % numbers in a grade table indexed by page into \pageref's
      % so that \usepackage{hyperref} and pdflatex will
      % make them clickable:
      \label{firstpoints@onpage@\arabic{Curr@Page}}%
    \else
      % These points go on the same page as the points
      % currently counted in @pagepoints:
      \add@hlfcntrtohlfcntr{@pagepoints}{latest@points}%
      \set@hlfcntr{latest@points}{0}%
    \fi
  \fi
  \ifhlfcntr@pos{latest@bonuspoints}%
    % We're putting a question (or part, etc.)
    % with bonus points onto this page: 
    \ifnum \theCurr@Page > \thepageof@pagebonuspoints\relax
      % These bonus points go on a later page than
      % the points currently counted in @pagebonuspoints:
      \ifnum \thepageof@pagebonuspoints = 0\relax
        % Do nothing...
      \else
        \immediate\write\@mainaux
          {\string\gdef\string\bonuspointsonpage@
           \romannumeral \csname c@pageof@pagebonuspoints\endcsname
             {\prtaux@hlfcntr{@pagebonuspoints}}}%
        % See if this has changed from the last run of LaTeX:
        \CheckIfChanged@hlf{@pagebonuspoints}%
                           {bonuspointsonpage@\romannumeral
                            \csname c@pageof@pagebonuspoints\endcsname}%
      \fi
      % The following is a macro because \theCurr@Page and
      % \thepageof@pagebonuspoints might differ by more than 1:
      \increment@pageof@pagebonuspoints
      % The following label is so that we can make the page
      % numbers in a bonus grade table indexed by page into \pageref's
      % so that \usepackage{hyperref} and pdflatex will
      % make them clickable:
      \label{firstbonuspoints@onpage@\arabic{Curr@Page}}%
    \else
      % These points go on the same page as the points
      % currently counted in @pagebonuspoints:
      \add@hlfcntrtohlfcntr{@pagebonuspoints}{latest@bonuspoints}%
      \set@hlfcntr{latest@bonuspoints}{0}%
    \fi
  \fi
}% pagepoint@commands
\def\increment@pageof@pagepoints{%
  \addtocounter{pageof@pagepoints}{1}%
  \ifnum \theCurr@Page > \thepageof@pagepoints\relax
    \immediate\write\@mainaux
        {\string\gdef\string\pointsonpage@
         \romannumeral \csname c@pageof@pagepoints\endcsname{0}}%
    % See if this has changed from the last run of LaTeX:
    \@ifundefined{pointsonpage@\romannumeral
                        \csname c@pageof@pagepoints\endcsname}
      {\global\@pointschangedtrue}%
      {%
      % OK; it's defined.  See if it's changed:
      \begingroup
        \set@hlfcntr{tmp@hlfcntr}{\csname pointsonpage@\romannumeral 
                  \csname c@pageof@pagepoints\endcsname\endcsname}%
        \edef\othpt@check{\prtaux@hlfcntr{tmp@hlfcntr}}%
        \def\pt@check{0}%
        \ifx \pt@check \othpt@check
          % Do nothing
        \else
          \global\@pointschangedtrue
        \fi
      \endgroup
      }%
    \let\next@incr@pageof = \increment@pageof@pagepoints
  \else
    \copy@hlfcntr{@pagepoints}{latest@points}%
    \set@hlfcntr{latest@points}{0}%
    % \page@withpoints will be used to find the last
    % page that has points, which will be written to
    % the .aux file via \AtEndDocument:
    \global\edef\page@withpoints{\thepageof@pagepoints}%
    \let\next@incr@pageof = \relax
  \fi
  \next@incr@pageof
}% increment@pageof@pagepoints
\def\increment@pageof@pagebonuspoints{%
  \addtocounter{pageof@pagebonuspoints}{1}%
  \ifnum \theCurr@Page > \thepageof@pagebonuspoints\relax
    \immediate\write\@mainaux
        {\string\gdef\string\bonuspointsonpage@
         \romannumeral \csname c@pageof@pagebonuspoints\endcsname{0}}%
    % See if this has changed from the last run of LaTeX:
    \@ifundefined{bonuspointsonpage@\romannumeral
                        \csname c@pageof@pagebonuspoints\endcsname}
      {\global\@pointschangedtrue}%
      {%
      % OK; it's defined.  See if it's changed:
      \begingroup
        \set@hlfcntr{tmp@hlfcntr}{\csname bonuspointsonpage@\romannumeral 
                  \csname c@pageof@pagebonuspoints\endcsname\endcsname}%
        \edef\othpt@check{\prtaux@hlfcntr{tmp@hlfcntr}}%
        \def\pt@check{0}%
        \ifx \pt@check \othpt@check
          % Do nothing
        \else
          \global\@pointschangedtrue
        \fi
      \endgroup
      }%
    \let\next@incr@pageof = \increment@pageof@pagebonuspoints
  \else
    \copy@hlfcntr{@pagebonuspoints}{latest@bonuspoints}%
    \set@hlfcntr{latest@bonuspoints}{0}%
    % \page@withbonuspoints will be used to find the last
    % page that has bonus points, which will be written to
    % the .aux file via \AtEndDocument:
    \global\edef\page@withbonuspoints{\thepageof@pagebonuspoints}%
    \let\next@incr@pageof = \relax
  \fi
  \next@incr@pageof
}% increment@pageof@pagebonuspoints






\def\@checkqueslevel#1{%
  \begingroup
    \def\exam@temp{#1}%
    \ifx\exam@temp\@queslevel
      % Everything's fine; do nothing.
    \else
      \ClassError{exam}{%
        I found a #1 where I expected to find a
        \@queslevel\MessageBreak
      }{%
        Both #1 and \@queslevel \space can be used only inside the
        correct \MessageBreak \space \space
        environment and outside of any smaller environment
        \MessageBreak
      }%
    \fi
  \endgroup
}

\def\@doitem{\@ifnextchar[{\@readpoints}%
                          {\item@points@pageinfo}%
}

\def\@readpoints[#1]{%
% We use \def for \@points instead of \edef because we don't want
% \half (if present) to be expanded yet, so that the command \points
% can figure out how to deal with it:
  \def\@points{#1}%
  \global \@placepointstrue
  \if@addpoints
    \if@bonus
      \addto@hlfcntr{numbonuspoints}{\@points}%
      \addto@hlfcntr{bonuspointsof@thisquestion}{\@points}%
      % latest@bonuspoints is a holding area for bonus points to be
      % added to @pagepoints after we check whether they're
      % on the same page as the points currently counted
      % by @pagepoints:
      \addto@hlfcntr{latest@bonuspoints}{\@points}%
    \else
      \addto@hlfcntr{numpoints}{\@points}%
      \addto@hlfcntr{pointsof@thisquestion}{\@points}%
      % latest@points is a holding area for points to be
      % added to @pagepoints after we check whether they're
      % on the same page as the points currently counted
      % by @pagepoints:
      \addto@hlfcntr{latest@points}{\@points}%
    \fi
  \fi
  \item@points@pageinfo
}




% Bug fix, 5 April 2004: \item@points@pageinfo
% Appending \point@toks and \pageinfo@commands to \everypar:
% Instead of appending the contents of \point@toks and
% \pageinfo@commands to \everypar using \append@toklist,
% we instead want to append only the two tokens
%   \the\point@toks
% and the two tokens
%   \the\pageinfo@commands
% to \everypar.  We need to do this because if a questions environment
% immediately follows a \section command, then @nobreak will be true,
% and so the \if@nobreak inside of \everypar will *not* execute the
% \everypar={} that we had been counting on to keep the points from
% being inserted a second time in the second paragraph of a question.
% Since we've put the command \global \point@toks={} inside of 
% \point@toks and the command \pageinfo@commands={} inside of
% \pageinfo@commands, when the contents of \point@toks and of
% \pageinfo@commands are executed (when we enter horizontal mode and
% \everypar is dumped in), the contents of \point@toks and
% \pageinfo@commands will be made empty, and so if
% the second paragraph also gets \the\point@toks and
% \the\pageinfo@commands, it won't matter.

\def\item@points@pageinfo{%
  \item
  % Also: We need to do this here, *after* the \item command, rather
  % than inside the macro \@readpoints, because the \item command
  % puts the result of the \qformat command into an \hbox (with the
  % command ``\sbox\@tempboxa{\makelabel{#1}}%''), expanding the
  % argument of \qformat as it does so.  Thus, @placepoints will be
  % true when the argument of \qformat is expanded, and so if the
  % user put a \thepoints command inside that argument it will
  % correctly expand to the number of points.  (When @placepoints is
  % false, \thepoints expands to nothing at all).
  %
  % We also want to define \padded@point@block when @placepoints is
  % true even if qformat and bonusqformat are true just in case the
  % user, for some deranged reason, says \droppoints immediately
  % following a \question.
  %
  \if@placepoints
    % Since we want the user to be able to say \thepoints in the
    % argument to a \pointformat command, we need \@placepointstrue
    % when \point@block is expanded so that \thepoints will actually
    % print something.  (After setting up \point@toks, we do
    % \@placepointsfalse, but \point@block isn't actually expanded
    % until we enter horizontal mode.)  Thus, we define
    % \padded@point@block, and use that instead of \point@block.  We
    % put  \begingroup and \endgroup around this to confine the
    % effect of \@placepointstrue and also to confine the effect of
    % any declarations like, e.g., \bfseries that the user might put
    % in the argument of a \pointformat command.
    %
    % Note: We first tried using an \edef to expand \point@block right
    % here, while @placepoints is true, but that causes problems if
    % the user puts a \boldmath declaration in the argument of a
    % \pointformat command.  Apparently, expanding \boldmath (without 
    % executing anything) gives you bunches of undefined control
    % sequence errors.
    \if@bonus
      \def\padded@point@block{%
        \begingroup
          \@placepointstrue
          \bonuspoint@block
        \endgroup
      }%
    \else
      \def\padded@point@block{%
        \begingroup
          \@placepointstrue
          \point@block
        \endgroup
      }%
    \fi
    % \setup@point@toks puts commands into \point@toks to place
    % \padded@point@block at the correct spot.  It doesn't append
    % anything to \everypar (we do that in this macro, below). 
    %
    % If @qformat is true, and if we're currently doing a question (or
    % if @bonusqformat is true and we're doing a bonusquestion)
    % (rather than a part, subpart, or subsubpart), then we don't want
    % to set the points (if any), since the points of a question will
    % appear only if the user chooses to cause that by putting a
    % \thepoints in the argument of the \qformat command.
    \if@pointsdropped
      % Do nothing!
    \else
      \if@bonus
        \if@bonusqformat
          \ifx\ques@ref\@queslevel
            % Do nothing
          \else
            \setup@point@toks
          \fi
        \else
          \setup@point@toks
        \fi
      \else
        \if@qformat
          \ifx\ques@ref\@queslevel
            % Do nothing
          \else
            \setup@point@toks
          \fi
        \else
          \setup@point@toks
        \fi
      \fi
    \fi
    \global \@placepointsfalse
  \fi
  % We *don't* use \append@toklist; see the Bug fixnote above
  % (Bug fix, 5 April 2004).
  % We can append the tokens ``\the\point@toks'' whether or not we're
  % setting any points because if we're not setting them, \point@toks
  % will be empty.
  % Also: It's important to do this *after* the \item command above,
  % since the \item command discards the previous contents of
  % \everypar.
  % Version 2.218$\beta$, 2007/10/31 changes:
  % Instead of appending
  %   \the \pageinfo@commands \the \point@toks
  % to \everypar, we insert them into the box \@labels.  This corrects
  % the problem that arose when a question (or part, etc.) begins with
  % a list environment (including verbatim, flushleft, center,
  % flushright, and possibly others that are implemented as trivlist
  % environments).  The \item command in those environments throws
  % away the previous contents of \everypar, and so the tokens \the
  % \pageinfo@commands \the \point@toks didn't get inserted where we
  % expected.  List environments *do* preserve the contents of the box
  % \@labels, though.
  \global\setbox\@labels\hbox{\unhbox\@labels
    \the \pageinfo@commands
    \the \point@toks}%
  %   \edef\append@everypar{\noexpand\everypar={\the\everypar
  %                         \noexpand\the \noexpand\pageinfo@commands
  %                         \noexpand\the \noexpand\point@toks}}%
  %   \append@everypar
}







% Initialize \@points:
% (The only reason I think this is necessary is in case the user uses
% a \qformat command, puts \themarginpoints into the format (which is
% *not* the intended use of \themarginpoints), and then doesn't have
% any points for the first question.)
\def\@points{0}


\def\setup@point@toks{%
% We set the token list \point@toks equal to the sequence of commands
% needed to put \padded@point@block at the correct location, followed
% by the tokens ``\global \point@toks={}''.  The \question, \part,
% \subpart, or \subsubpart command then adds the two tokens
% ``\the\point@toks'' to \everypar.
%
% Note: It is not the *contents* of \point@toks that is added to
% \everypar; just the two tokens ``\the\point@toks''.  This difference
% is the bug fix of 2 April 2004, described above (the bug was that in
% earlier versions, we used to append the contents).
%
% The result of this is that whenever we finally enter horizontal mode
% (because we finally encountered the text of a question, part,
% subpart, or subsubpart) the contents of \point@toks will be dumped
% into horizontal mode and executed, and so the points will be placed
% and the token list \point@toks will be set to empty.  Thus, in the
% occasional circumstances in which \everypar is *not* set to empty
% after being added to the first paragraph (which occurs when a
% questions environment immediately follows a \section command), and
% so \everypar will still contain ``\the\point@toks'' when it
% encounters a possible second paragraph of the first question, the
% tokens ``\the\point@toks'' will insert an *empty* token list, which
% will do no harm.
%
  \if@pointstwosided
    % Set \csname \q@label \endcsname equal to the thing
    % that expands to the page number of the current (question or
    % part or subpart or subsubpar; whatever it is), but do it
    % carefully because, if we don't yet have page info, then it won't
    % be defined:
    \ifx\@queslevel\ques@ref
      \def\q@label{Pg@question@\arabic{question}}
    \else
      \ifx\@queslevel\part@ref
        \def\q@label{Pg@part@\arabic{question}@\arabic{partno}}
      \else
        \ifx\@queslevel\subpart@ref
          \def\q@label{Pg@subpart@\arabic{question}%
            @\arabic{partno}@\arabic{subpart}}
        \else
          \ifx\@queslevel\subsubpart@ref
            \def\q@label{Pg@subsubpart@\arabic{question}%
              @\arabic{partno}@\arabic{subpart}@\arabic{subsubpart}}
          \else
            \ClassError{exam}{%
              This can't happen in function \protect\setup@point@toks
              \MessageBreak
            }{%
              An unexplained error occurred in exam.cls;\MessageBreak
              please inform the package maintainer, and send along
              \MessageBreak
              the LaTeX file that shows the error.\MessageBreak
            }%
          \fi
        \fi
      \fi
    \fi
    % 
    \expandafter\ifx \csname \q@label \endcsname\relax
      % No page info yet; put it into the right margin
      \@pointsinrightmargintrue
      \@pointsinleftmarginfalse
    \else
      \ifodd \csname \q@label \endcsname\relax
        \if@pointsinoutsidemargin
          \@pointsinrightmargintrue
          \@pointsinleftmarginfalse
        \else
          \@pointsinrightmarginfalse
          \@pointsinleftmargintrue
        \fi
      \else
        \if@pointsinoutsidemargin
          \@pointsinrightmarginfalse
          \@pointsinleftmargintrue
        \else
          \@pointsinrightmargintrue
          \@pointsinleftmarginfalse
        \fi
      \fi
    \fi
  \fi
  % That ends the \if@pointstwosided.
  % Now we actually setup \point@toks:
  \if@pointsinleftmargin
    \point@toks={%
          \llap{\padded@point@block 
                \hskip\@totalleftmargin
                \hskip\marginpointssep
          }%
          \global \point@toks={}%
    }%
  \else
    \if@pointsinrightmargin
      \point@toks={%
            \rlap{\hskip-\@totalleftmargin
                  \hskip\textwidth
                  \hskip\@rightmargin
                  \hskip-\rightpointsmargin
                  \llap{\padded@point@block}%
            }%
            \global \point@toks={}%
      }%
    \else
      % The points just go after the question number:
      \point@toks={%
            \padded@point@block
            \enspace
            \global \point@toks={}%
      }%
    \fi
  \fi
}% setup@point@toks

\def\droppoints{%
  \leavevmode\unskip\nobreak\hfill
  \rlap{\hskip\rightmargin  % Defined by the list environment
        \hskip\@rightmargin % Defined by exam.cls
        \hskip-\rightpointsmargin
        \llap{\padded@point@block}%
  }% rlap
  \par
}

\def\droptotalpoints{%
  \leavevmode\unskip\nobreak\hfill
  \rlap{\hskip\rightmargin  % Defined by the list environment
        \hskip\@rightmargin % Defined by exam.cls
        \hskip-\rightpointsmargin
        \llap{\total@block}%
  }% rlap
  \par
}% droptotalpoints
\def\droptotalbonuspoints{%
  \leavevmode\unskip\nobreak\hfill
  \rlap{\hskip\rightmargin  % Defined by the list environment
        \hskip\@rightmargin % Defined by exam.cls
        \hskip-\rightpointsmargin
        \llap{\bonustotal@block}%
  }% rlap
  \par
}% droptotalbonuspoints

% The following is the default definition;
% it can be changed by a \totalformat command.
\def\total@block{%
  Total for Question \thequestion: \totalpoints\@marginpointname
}% total@block
\def\bonustotal@block{%
  Total for Question \thequestion: \totalbonuspoints\@marginbonuspointname
}% bonustotal@block

\def\totalformat#1{%
  \gdef\total@block{\begingroup #1\endgroup}%
}% totalformat
\def\bonustotalformat#1{%
  \gdef\bonustotal@block{\begingroup #1\endgroup}%
}% bonustotalformat
% The following is for use in the argument to a \totalformat command:
\def\totalpoints{\pointsofquestion{\arabic{question}}}
\def\totalbonuspoints{\bonuspointsofquestion{\arabic{question}}}



% @placepoints is set true when we encounter a question (or part, etc.)
% that has points.  It is set to false (1) when we set \point@toks equal
% to the sequence of commands required to put the properly formatted
% points onto the page (this happens only if @qformat is false or if
% @qformat is true but we're not doing a question), or (2) by a
% \question command or entering a parts environment (since if we're
% doing a question and @qformat is true, we need to leave @placepoints
% true so that the \thepoints command can tell if it should expand to
% points or to nothing, and encountering a \question command or parts
% environment tells us that we no longer have to deal with a possible
% \thepoints, since we won't be expanding a qformat).
\newif\if@placepoints
\@placepointsfalse


% \marginpointssep will be used if the user says
% \pointsinleftmargin.  It will be the distance from whatever encloses
% the points (parentheses, brackets, or a box) to the left margin:
\newlength\marginpointssep
\setlength{\marginpointssep}{5pt}

% \rightpointsmargin will be used if the user says \pointsinrightmargin.
% It will be the distance from whatever encloses the point (parentheses,
% brackets, or a box) to the right edge of the paper:
\newlength\rightpointsmargin
\setlength{\rightpointsmargin}{1cm}


\newif\if@pointsdropped
\newif\if@pointsinleftmargin
\newif\if@pointsinrightmargin
\newif\if@pointstwosided
\newif\if@pointsinoutsidemargin

% If we have \@pointstwosidedtrue and \@pointsinoutsidemarginfalse,
% then the points will be printed on the inside margin (left on odd
% numbered pages, right on even numbered pages).  If we have
% \@pointstwosidedfalse, then \if@pointsinoutsidemargin is ignored.

% If we have \@pointstwosidedtrue, then both \@pointsinleftmargin and
% \@pointsinrightmargin will be flipped back and forth, as needed, in
% \setup@point@toks.

\def\pointsinleftmargin{\global\@pointsinleftmargintrue 
                    \global\@pointsinrightmarginfalse
                    \global\@pointsdroppedfalse
                    \global\@pointstwosidedfalse
                    \gdef\pt@name{\@marginpointname}%
                    \gdef\bnspt@name{\@marginbonuspointname}}
\def\pointsinrightmargin{\global\@pointsinrightmargintrue
                         \global\@pointsinleftmarginfalse
                         \global\@pointsdroppedfalse
                         \global\@pointstwosidedfalse
                         \gdef\pt@name{\@marginpointname}%
                         \gdef\bnspt@name{\@marginbonuspointname}}
\def\nopointsinmargin{\global\@pointsinleftmarginfalse
                      \global\@pointsinrightmarginfalse
                      \global\@pointsdroppedfalse
                      \global\@pointstwosidedfalse
                      \gdef\pt@name{\@pointname}%
                      \gdef\bnspt@name{\@bonuspointname}}
\def\pointsdroppedatright{\global\@pointsdroppedtrue
                          \global\@pointsinleftmarginfalse
                          \global\@pointsinrightmarginfalse
                          \global\@pointstwosidedfalse
                          \gdef\pt@name{\@marginpointname}%
                          \gdef\bnspt@name{\@marginbonuspointname}}
\def\pointstwosided{\global\@pointstwosidedtrue
                    \global\@pointsinoutsidemargintrue
                    \global\@pointsdroppedfalse
                    \gdef\pt@name{\@marginpointname}%
                    \gdef\bnspt@name{\@marginbonuspointname}}
\def\pointstwosidedreversed{\global\@pointstwosidedtrue
                            \global\@pointsinoutsidemarginfalse
                            \global\@pointsdroppedfalse
                            \gdef\pt@name{\@marginpointname}%
                            \gdef\bnspt@name{\@marginbonuspointname}}
\let\pointsinmargin=\pointsinleftmargin
\let\nopointsinrightmargin=\nopointsinmargin
\let\nopointsinleftmargin=\nopointsinmargin

\nopointsinmargin


% Will the points be displayed inside parentheses (the default), or
% will they be boxed or bracketed, or customized using pointformat:
\def\boxedpoints{%
  \gdef\point@block{\fbox{\@points\pt@name}}%
  \gdef\bonuspoint@block{\fbox{\@points\bnspt@name}}%
}
\def\noboxedpoints{%
  \gdef\point@block{(\@points\pt@name)}%
  \gdef\bonuspoint@block{(\@points\bnspt@name)}%
}
\def\bracketedpoints{%
  \gdef\point@block{[\@points\pt@name]}%
  \gdef\bonuspoint@block{[\@points\bnspt@name]}%
}
\let\nobracketedpoints=\noboxedpoints

\def\pointformat#1{%
  % We don't have to worry about the user putting things
  % like \bfseries, etc. into \point@block, because
  % \padded@point@block encloses \point@block in a group,
  % which confines the effects of anything here:
  \gdef\point@block{#1}%
}

\def\bonuspointformat#1{%
  % We don't have to worry about the user putting things
  % like \bfseries, etc. into \point@block, because
  % \padded@point@block encloses \point@block in a group,
  % which confines the effects of anything here:
  \gdef\bonuspoint@block{#1}%
}

%Initialize:
\noboxedpoints




\def\pointname#1{\gdef\@pointname{#1}}
\def\bonuspointname#1{\gdef\@bonuspointname{#1}}
% Initialize to leave a space, and then the word `points':
%%\pointname{ points}
% The following improvement was contributed by 
% Mate Wierdl <mw@wierdlmpc.msci.memphis.edu> 
% If the number of points is ``1'', then the default value of
% \pointname will print `` point'' instead of `` points'' (and this
% version of the command doesn't generate an error message if the
% points entry is something other than a number):
% Note the space before the \points in the following; it's
% intentional!)
\pointname{ \points}
\bonuspointname{ \bonuspoints}
\newcommand\point@sing{point}
\newcommand\point@plur{points}
\newcommand\pointpoints[2]{%
  \renewcommand\point@sing{#1}%
  \renewcommand\point@plur{#2}%
}
%\newcommand\bonuspoint@sing{bonus point}
%\newcommand\bonuspoint@plur{bonus points}
\newcommand\bonuspoint@sing{point (bonus)}
\newcommand\bonuspoint@plur{points (bonus)}
\newcommand\bonuspointpoints[2]{%
  \renewcommand\bonuspoint@sing{#1}%
  \renewcommand\bonuspoint@plur{#2}%
}



% The command \points:
% We use \ifthenelse and \equal so that if the user types something
% other than a legit point value, there still won't be any error
% messages.  We rig it so that if the point value looks like it's
% intended to be One or one or ONE, or some strange way of attempting
% one half, then it will expand to the singular value.  Alas, this is
% only useful for English, but I'm hoping few or no users will try doing
% this anyway.

% 0 points, one half point, 1 point, 1 and a half points, etc.:
\newcommand\points{%
  \begingroup
    \let\half=\relax
    \edef\pt@string{\@points}%
    \ifthenelse{\equal{\pt@string}{1} \or \equal{\pt@string}{\half}}
          {\point@sing}{\point@plur}%
  \endgroup
}% \points
\newcommand\bonuspoints{%
  \begingroup
    \let\half=\relax
    \edef\pt@string{\@points}%
    \ifthenelse{\equal{\pt@string}{1} \or \equal{\pt@string}{\half}}
          {\bonuspoint@sing}{\bonuspoint@plur}%
  \endgroup
}% \bonuspoints
%\newcommand\points{%
%  \begingroup
%    \let\half=\relax
%    \edef\pt@string{\@points}%
%    \ifthenelse{\equal{\pt@string}{1} \or \equal{\pt@string}{\half} \or
%      \equal{\pt@string}{0\half} \or \equal{\pt@string}{0 \half}
%      \equal{\pt@string}{one} \or \equal{\pt@string}{One} \or
%      \equal{\pt@string}{ONE}}
%        {\point@sing}{\point@plur}%
%  \endgroup
%}

%\newcommand\points{\ifthenelse{\equal{\@points}{1}}{\point@sing}{\point@plur}}
% If we used the following line instead, then you'd get an error
% message if the point value contained something other than a valid
% integer:
%\pointname{ \ifthenelse{\@points = 1}{point}{points}}

% We used to define a command named \marks that works like \points,
% except that it expands to either ``mark'' or ``marks'', but that
% conflicts with some package or other.  Thus, we'll implement
% \marksnotpoints using the \pointpoints command instead:
\newcommand\marksnotpoints{%
  \pointpoints{mark}{marks}%
  \bonuspointpoints{mark (bonus)}{marks (bonus)}%
}% \marksnotpoints


% \@marginpointname is used in place of \@pointname if any of
% \@pointsinmargin, \@pointsinrightmargin, and \@pointsdropped are
% true:
\def\marginpointname#1{\gdef\@marginpointname{#1}}
\marginpointname{}
\def\marginbonuspointname#1{\gdef\@marginbonuspointname{#1}}
\marginbonuspointname{ (bonus)}


%--------------------------------------------------------------------
%         choices (for multiple choice) and checkboxes


\renewcommand\thechoice{\Alph{choice}}
\newcommand\choicelabel{\thechoice.}

% We will have \@correctchoicetrue when we're printing solutions
% and we're printing the correct choice of a choices or
% oneparchoices environment.
% We'll say \begingroup before saying \@correctchoicetrue
% and we'll say \endgroup at either the next \choice or \correctchoice
% or the end of the choices or oneparchoices environment.
% Thus, we'll never again need to say \@correctchoicefalse
\newif\if@correctchoice
\@correctchoicefalse

\newcommand\CorrectChoiceEmphasis[1]{%
  \def\CorrectChoice@Emphasis{#1}%
}
\CorrectChoiceEmphasis{\bfseries}
\let\correctchoiceemphasis\CorrectChoiceEmphasis

% Note: \do@choice@pageinfo is used in both the choices and
% the checkboxes environments.
\newtoks\choice@toks
\def\do@choice@pageinfo{%
  \choice@toks={%
    \questionobject@pluspagecheck
    \choice@toks={}%
  }%
  % Version 2.217-beta changes:
  % Instead of appending stuff to \everypar, we insert
  % \the \pageinfo@commands and \the \point@toks 
  % into the box \@labels:
  \global\setbox\@labels\hbox{\unhbox\@labels
    \the \choice@toks}%
  %   \edef\append@everypar{\noexpand\everypar={\the\everypar
  %                         \noexpand\the \noexpand\choice@toks}}%
  %   \append@everypar
}% do@choice@pageinfo



% Added 22 April 2004: Increased the \leftmargin by 2.5em,
% so the choices will be visibly indented.
\newenvironment{choices}%
  {\list{\choicelabel}%
     {\usecounter{choice}\def\makelabel##1{\hss\llap{##1}}%
       \settowidth{\leftmargin}{W.\hskip\labelsep\hskip 2.5em}%
       \def\choice{%
         \if@correctchoice
           \color@endgroup
           \endgroup
         \fi
         \item
         \do@choice@pageinfo
       } % choice
       \def\CorrectChoice{%
         \if@correctchoice
           \color@endgroup
           \endgroup
         \fi
         \ifprintanswers
           % We can't say \choice here, because that would
           % insert an \endgroup:
           % 2016/05/10: We say \color@begingroup in addition to
           % \begingroup in case \CorrectChoiceEmphasis involves color
           % and the text exactly fills the line (which would
           % otherwise create a blank line after this choice):
           % 2016/05/11: We leave hmode if we're in it,
           % i.e., if there's no blank line preceding this
           % \CorrectChoice command.  (Without this, the
           % \special created by a \color{whatever} command that might
           % be inserted by \CorrectChoice@Emphasis would be appended 
           % to the previous \choice, which could cause an extra
           % (blank) line to be inserted before this \CorrectChoice.)
           % Since \par and \endgraf seem to cancel \@totalleftmargin
           % (for reasons I don't understand), we'll do the following:
           % Motivated by  the def of \leavevmode, 
           %      \def\leavevmode{\unhbox\voidb@x}
           % we will now leave hmode (if we're in hmode):
           \ifhmode \unskip\unskip\unvbox\voidb@x \fi
           \begingroup \color@begingroup \@correctchoicetrue
           \CorrectChoice@Emphasis
         \fi
         \item
         \do@choice@pageinfo
       } % CorrectChoice
       \let\correctchoice\CorrectChoice
       \labelwidth\leftmargin\advance\labelwidth-\labelsep
       \topsep=0pt
       \partopsep=0pt
       \choiceshook
     }%
  }%
  {\if@correctchoice \color@endgroup \endgroup \fi \endlist}

\newenvironment{oneparchoices}%
  {%
    \setcounter{choice}{0}%
    \def\choice{%
      \if@correctchoice \endgroup \fi
      \refstepcounter{choice}%
      \ifnum\value{choice}>1\relax
        \penalty -50\hskip 1em plus 1em\relax
      \fi
      \choicelabel
      % No need to put the following into a token string; we just put
      % the choicelabel onto the page, so we're at the spot whose page
      % number we want to record:
      \questionobject@pluspagecheck
      \nobreak\enskip
    }% choice
    \def\CorrectChoice{%
      \if@correctchoice \endgroup \fi
      \refstepcounter{choice}%
      \ifprintanswers
        \begingroup \@correctchoicetrue 
        \CorrectChoice@Emphasis
      \fi
      \ifnum\value{choice}>1\relax
        \penalty -50\hskip 1em plus 1em\relax
      \fi
      \choicelabel
      % No need to put the following into a token string; we just put
      % the choicelabel onto the page, so we're at the spot whose page
      % number we want to record:
      \questionobject@pluspagecheck
      \nobreak\enskip
    }% CorrectChoice
    \let\correctchoice\CorrectChoice
    \let\par\@empty
    % If we're continuing the paragraph containing the question,
    % then leave a bit of space before the first choice:
    \ifvmode\else\enskip\fi
    \ignorespaces
  }%
  {\if@correctchoice \endgroup \fi}

\newcommand{\checkboxchar}[1]{\def\checkbox@char{#1}}
\newcommand{\checkedchar}[1]{\def\checked@char{#1}}
\checkboxchar{$\bigcirc$}
\checkedchar{$\surd$}

\newenvironment{checkboxes}%
  {\list{\checkbox@char}%
     {%
       \settowidth{\leftmargin}{W.\hskip\labelsep\hskip 2.5em}%
       \def\choice{%
         \if@correctchoice
           \color@endgroup \endgroup
         \fi
         \item
         \do@choice@pageinfo
       } % choice
       \def\CorrectChoice{%
         \if@correctchoice
           \color@endgroup \endgroup
         \fi
         \ifprintanswers
           % We can't say \choice here, because that would
           % insert an \endgroup.
           % 2016/05/10: We say \color@begingroup in addition to
           % \begingroup in case \CorrectChoiceEmphasis involves color
           % and the text exactly fills the line (which would
           % otherwise create a blank line after this choice):
           % 2016/05/11: We leave hmode if we're in it,
           % i.e., if there's no blank line preceding this
           % \CorrectChoice command.  (Without this, the
           % \special created by a \color{whatever} command that might
           % be inserted by \CorrectChoice@Emphasis would be appended 
           % to the previous \choice, which could cause an extra
           % (blank) line to be inserted before this \CorrectChoice.)
           % Since \par and \endgraf seem to cancel \@totalleftmargin
           % (for reasons I don't understand), we'll do the following:
           % Motivated by  the def of \leavevmode, 
           %      \def\leavevmode{\unhbox\voidb@x}
           % we will now leave hmode (if we're in hmode):
           \ifhmode \unskip\unskip\unvbox\voidb@x \fi
           \begingroup \color@begingroup \@correctchoicetrue
           \CorrectChoice@Emphasis
           \item[\checked@char]
         \else
           \item
         \fi
         \do@choice@pageinfo
       } % CorrectChoice
       \let\correctchoice\CorrectChoice
       \labelwidth\leftmargin\advance\labelwidth-\labelsep
       \topsep=0pt
       \partopsep=0pt
       \checkboxeshook
     }%
  }%
  {\if@correctchoice \color@endgroup \endgroup \fi \endlist}

\newenvironment{oneparcheckboxes}%
  {%
    % Although we're not printing numbers for the choices, we use the
    % choice counter to keep track of whether a choice is the first
    % one (in which case we don't leave any additional space) or a
    % later one (in which case we do leave additional space):    
    \setcounter{choice}{0}%
    \def\choice{%
      \if@correctchoice \endgroup \fi
      \stepcounter{choice}%
      \ifnum\value{choice}>1\relax
        \penalty -50\hskip 1em plus 1em\relax
      \fi
      \checkbox@char
      % No need to put the following into a token string; we just put
      % \checkbox@char onto the page, so we're at the spot whose page
      % number we want to record:
      \questionobject@pluspagecheck
      \nobreak\enskip
    }% choice
    \def\CorrectChoice{%
      \if@correctchoice \endgroup \fi
      \stepcounter{choice}%
      \ifprintanswers
        \begingroup \@correctchoicetrue 
        \CorrectChoice@Emphasis
      \fi
      \ifnum\value{choice}>1\relax
        \penalty -50\hskip 1em plus 1em\relax
      \fi
      \ifprintanswers
        \checked@char
      \else
        \checkbox@char
      \fi
      % No need to put the following into a token string; we just put
      % the choicelabel onto the page, so we're at the spot whose page
      % number we want to record:
      \questionobject@pluspagecheck
      \nobreak\enskip
    }% CorrectChoice
    \let\correctchoice\CorrectChoice
    \let\par\@empty
    % If we're continuing the paragraph containing the question,
    % then leave a bit of space before the first choice:
    \ifvmode\else\enskip\fi
    \ignorespaces
  }%
  {\if@correctchoice \endgroup \fi}


%--------------------------------------------------------------------
%             Answer Lines (for short answer questions)

% Note: \ques@ref is also used in \item@points@pageinfo, and all four
% of the following are used in \setup@point@toks

\def\ques@ref{question}
\def\part@ref{part}
\def\subpart@ref{subpart}
\def\subsubpart@ref{subsubpart}

% Note: \answerclearance is also used by \fillin

\newlength\answerlinelength
\newlength\answerskip
\newlength\answerclearance
\setlength\answerlinelength{1in}
\setlength\answerskip{2ex}
\setlength\answerclearance{0.2ex}

\newcommand\answerline[1][{}]{%
  % One optional argument, the default value of which is empty.
  \ifx\@queslevel\ques@ref
    \let\ans@l=\questionlabel
  \else
    \ifx\@queslevel\part@ref
      \let\ans@l=\partlabel
    \else
      \ifx\@queslevel\subpart@ref
        \let\ans@l=\subpartlabel
      \else
        \ifx\@queslevel\subsubpart@ref
          \let\ans@l=\subsubpartlabel
        \else
          % Oops; no question level defined.
          % We must be outide of the questions environment.
          % Just leave out the label, I guess:
          \def\ans@l{}%
        \fi
      \fi
    \fi
  \fi
  \par \nobreak \vskip \answerskip
  \hfill 
  \ifprintanswers
    \ans@l~\hbox to 0pt{\hbox to \answerlinelength{\hrulefill}\hss}%
    \raise \answerclearance\hbox to \answerlinelength{%
      % 2016/05/10: Added \color@begingroup and \color@endgroup:
      \color@begingroup
      \CorrectChoice@Emphasis \hfil #1\hss
      \color@endgroup}%
  \else
    \ans@l~\hbox to \answerlinelength{\hrulefill}%
  \fi
  \par
}% answerline

%--------------------------------------------------------------------
%               \fillin, for fill-in-the-blank questions

\newlength\fillinlinelength
\setlength\fillinlinelength{1in}

% \fillin can take two optional arguments.
%
% The first optional argument is the answer to be printed above the line
% when \printanswers is in effect; the default value is empty.  That
% line is printed a distance of \answerclearance below the baseline.
%
% The second optional argument is the length of the line that we print;
% the default value is \fillinlinelength.  The value of
% \fillinlinelength is set with the command
%
%   \setlength\fillinlinelength{1in}
%
% and can be changed by giving a new \setlength command.
%
% When answers are being printed, the optional argument is printed
% subject to the declarations in the argument of the last
% \CorrectChoiceEmphasis command.  It is centered on the line unless it
% is too long, in which case it extends to the right of the line.
%
% \fillin eats (and ignores) space characters appearing before the
% first optional argument.  It also eats (and ignores) space
% characters appearing after the first optional argument and before
% the second optional argument.  However, if exactly one optional
% argument appears, and if there are one or more space characters
% following that one optional argument, then those spaces are replaced
% by a single space character, but not eaten.

\newcommand\fillin[1][{}]{%
   \def\fillin@ans{#1}%
   \fillin@relay
}% fillin

\newcommand\fillin@relay{%
  % We use \exam@ifnextchar, a variation on \@ifnextchar.
  % If \exam@ifnextchar encounters one or more space characters
  % followed by a [, then those spaces are ignored (just as they would
  % be by \@ifnextchar).  However, if one or more space characters are
  % followed by a non-space character other than [, then
  % \exam@ifnextchar inserts a space following the
  % {\@fillin@relay[\fillinlinelength]} that is the third argument to
  % \exam@ifnextchar.
  \exam@ifnextchar[{\@fillin@relay}
                   {\@fillin@relay[\fillinlinelength]}%
}% fillin@relay

\def\@fillin@relay[#1]{%
  % The first argument is in \fillin@ans, the second is #1.
  \leavevmode
  \ifprintanswers
    \rlap{\raise -\answerclearance \hbox to #1{\hrulefill}}%
    \begingroup
      \setbox0 \hbox{\color@begingroup
             \CorrectChoice@Emphasis \fillin@ans \color@endgroup}%
      \ifdim\wd0 > #1\relax
        \hbox{\color@begingroup\CorrectChoice@Emphasis \fillin@ans
              \color@endgroup}%
      \else
        \hbox to #1{\color@begingroup\CorrectChoice@Emphasis 
                    \hfil \fillin@ans \hfil\color@endgroup}%
      \fi
    \endgroup
  \else
    \raise -\answerclearance \hbox to #1{\hrulefill}%
  \fi
}% @fillin@relay

% \exam@ifnextchar is used by \fillin.
% \exam@ifnextchar is a variation of \@ifnextchar that does not always
% ignore space tokens.  If \exam@ifnextchar encounters one or more
% space tokens, it makes note of that (with the command
% \@tempswatrue).  If the first non-space character encountered
% matches argument #1, then any spaces that had been encountered are
% ignored.  However, if one or more spaces are encountered and the
% first non-space character found does not match argument #1, then
% \exam@ifnextchar produces argument #3 followed by a space character.
% (This differs from the behavior of \new@ifnextchar in amsgen.sty,
% which does lookahead for any character, including a space.)  This
% code (as well as the idea for it) is due to Dan Luecking and Ulrich
% Diez.
\long\def\exam@ifnextchar#1#2#3{%
  \let\reserved@d=#1%
  \def\reserved@a{#2}%
  \def\reserved@b{#3}%
  % The following says we haven't yet seen any spaces:
  \@tempswafalse
  \futurelet\@let@token\exam@ifnch
}% exam@ifnextchar

\def\exam@ifnch{%
  \ifx\@let@token\@sptoken
    % Signal that we've found a space:
    \@tempswatrue
    \let\reserved@c\exam@xifnch % this gobbles the space
  \else
    \ifx\@let@token\reserved@d
      \let\reserved@c\reserved@a
    \else
      \if@tempswa
        \def\reserved@c{\expandafter\reserved@b\space}%
      \else 
        \let\reserved@c\reserved@b
      \fi
    \fi
  \fi
  \reserved@c
}% exam@ifnch

% The following defines \exam@xifnch so that it will eat a space
% following it and then call \exam@ifnch:
{% keep redefinition of \: local
  \def\:{\exam@xifnch}
  \expandafter\gdef\: {\futurelet\@let@token\exam@ifnch}
}

%--------------------------------------------------------------------
%                            \fillwithlines


% \fillwithlines takes one argument, which is either a length or \fill
% or \stretch{number}, and it fills that much vertical space with
% horizontal lines that run the length of the current line.  That is,
% they extend from the current left margin (which depends on whether
% we're in a question, part, subpart, or subsubpart) to the right
% margin.
%
% The distance between the lines is \linefillheight, whose default value
% is set with the command
%
% \setlength\linefillheight{.25in}
%
% This value can be changed by giving a new \setlength command.
%
% The thickness of the lines is \linefillthickness, whose default value
% is set with the command
%
% \setlength\linefillthickness{.1pt}
%
% This value can be changed by giving a new \setlength command.
%
% As of version 2.503, 2016/03/25, the lines drawn by the
% \fillwithlines command will be drawn in color if the user has given
% the command
%
%      \colorfillwithlines.
%
% The actual drawing of the lines is now done by the command
% \do@fillwithlines, after the \fillwithlines command decides whether
% they will be in color.  The default color is set by the command
%
%      \definecolor{FillWithLinesColor}{gray}{0.8}
%
% and the color can be changed by giving a new \definecolor command.
% You can return to black lines by giving the command
%
%      \nocolorfillwithlines

\newlength\linefillheight
\newlength\linefillthickness
\setlength\linefillheight{.25in}
\setlength\linefillthickness{0.1pt}




\newif\if@colorfillwithlines
\@colorfillwithlinesfalse
\def\colorfillwithlines{%
  \@ifundefined{definecolor}
  {%
    \ClassError{exam}{%
      You must load the color package with the command\MessageBreak
      \space\space\protect\usepackage{color}\MessageBreak
      in order to use the command \protect\colorfillwithlines
      \MessageBreak
      }{%
      This command makes use of the package color.sty,\MessageBreak
      and so you have to load color.sty before your\MessageBreak
      \protect\begin{document} command.\MessageBreak
      }%
  }%
  {%
    \definecolor{FillWithLinesColor}{gray}{0.8}
    \@colorfillwithlinestrue
  }%
}% \colorfillwithlines
\def\nocolorfillwithlines{\@colorfillwithlinesfalse}

\newcommand\fillwithlines[1]{%
  \if@colorfillwithlines
    \color@begingroup
      \color{FillWithLinesColor}%
      \do@fillwithlines{#1}%
    \color@endgroup
  \else
    \do@fillwithlines{#1}%
  \fi
}% \fillwithlines

\newcommand\linefill{\leavevmode
    \leaders\hrule height \linefillthickness \hfill\kern\z@}

% \do@fillwithlines is called only by \fillwithlines
\def\do@fillwithlines#1{%
  \begingroup
  \ifhmode
    \par
  \fi
  \hrule height \z@
  \nobreak
  \setbox0=\hbox to \hsize{\hskip \@totalleftmargin
          \vrule height \linefillheight depth \z@ width \z@
          \linefill}%
  % We use \cleaders (rather than \leaders) so that a given
  % vertical space will always produce the same number of lines
  % no matter where on the page it happens to start:
  \cleaders \copy0 \vskip #1 \hbox{}%
  \endgroup
}% \do@fillwithlines

%--------------------------------------------------------------------
%                         \fillwithdottedlines


% \fillwithdottedlines is similar to \fillwithlines, except that it
% fills the space with dotted lines (created by \dotfill) rather than
% with solid lines.

% \fillwithdottedlines takes one argument, which is either a length or
% \fill or \stretch{number}, and it fills that much vertical space
% with dotted lines that run the length of the current line.  That is,
% they extend from the current left margin (which depends on whether
% we're in a question, part, subpart, or subsubpart) to the right
% margin.
%
% The distance between the lines is \dottedlinefillheight, whose
% default value is set with the command
%
% \setlength\dottedlinefillheight{.25in}
%
% This value can be changed by giving a new \setlength command.

% As of version 2.503, 2016/03/25, the dotted lines drawn by the
% \fillwithdottedlines command will be drawn in color if the user has
% given the command
%
%      \colorfillwithdottedlines.
%
% The actual drawing of the lines is now done by the command
% \do@fillwithdottedlines, after the \fillwithdottedlines command
% decides whether they will be in color.  The default color is set by
% the command 
%
%      \definecolor{FillWithDottedLinesColor}{gray}{0.8}
%
% and the color can be changed by giving a new \definecolor command.
% You can return to black lines by giving the command
%
%      \nocolorfillwithdottedlines


\newlength\dottedlinefillheight
\setlength\dottedlinefillheight{.25in}

\newif\if@colorfillwithdottedlines
\@colorfillwithdottedlinesfalse
\def\colorfillwithdottedlines{%
  \@ifundefined{definecolor}
  {%
    \ClassError{exam}{%
      You must load the color package with the command\MessageBreak
      \space\space\protect\usepackage{color}\MessageBreak
      in order to use the command \protect\colorfillwithdottedlines
      \MessageBreak
      }{%
      This command makes use of the package color.sty,\MessageBreak
      and so you have to load color.sty before your\MessageBreak
      \protect\begin{document} command.\MessageBreak
      }%
  }%
  {%
    \definecolor{FillWithDottedLinesColor}{gray}{0.8}
    \@colorfillwithdottedlinestrue
  }%
}% \colorfillwithdottedlines
\def\nocolorfillwithdottedlines{\@colorfillwithdottedlinesfalse}

\newcommand\fillwithdottedlines[1]{%
  \if@colorfillwithdottedlines
    \color@begingroup
      \color{FillWithDottedLinesColor}%
      \do@fillwithdottedlines{#1}%
    \color@endgroup
  \else
    \do@fillwithdottedlines{#1}%
  \fi
}% \fillwithdottedlines

% \do@fillwithdottedlines is called only by \fillwithdottedlines
\def\do@fillwithdottedlines#1{%
  \begingroup
  \ifhmode
    \par
  \fi
  \hrule height \z@
  \nobreak
  \setbox0=\hbox to \hsize{\hskip \@totalleftmargin
          \vrule height \dottedlinefillheight depth \z@ width \z@
          \dotfill}%
  % We use \cleaders (rather than \leaders) so that a given
  % vertical space will always produce the same number of lines
  % no matter where on the page it happens to start:
  \cleaders \copy0 \vskip #1 \hbox{}%
  \endgroup
}% \do@fillwithdottedlines

%--------------------------------------------------------------------
%                            \fillwithgrid


% \fillwithgrid is similar to \fillwithlines, except that it
% fills the space with a grid.

% \fillwithgrid takes one argument, which is either a length or \fill
% or \stretch{number}, and it fills that much vertical space with a
% grid that runs the length of the current line.  That is, it extends
% from the current left margin (which depends on whether we're in a
% question, part, subpart, or subsubpart) to the right margin.
%
% The default grid size and grid line thickness were set by the
% commands
%
% \setlength{\gridsize}{5mm}
% \setlength{\gridlinewidth}{0.1pt}
%
% You can change either or both of those by giving new \setlength
% commands.  The period of the grid is \gridsize (both horizontally
% and vertically).  That is, the horizontal distance from the left
% edge of one vertical line to the left edge of the next vertical line
% is \gridsize, as is the vertical distance from the top edge of one
% horizontal line to the top edge of the next horizontal line.  Thus,
% each square has outer side length equal to \gridsize+\gridlinewidth.

% By default, the created grids are in black.  However, if you give the
% commands
%
% \usepackage{color}
% \colorgrids
%
% then the grids will be in color, by default a light gray.  That
% default color was defined by the command
%
% \definecolor{GridColor}{gray}{0.8}
%
% You can change the color by redefining the color GridColor by giving
% a new \definecolor command.

\newif\if@colorgrids
\newcommand\colorgrids{%
  \@ifundefined{definecolor}
  {%
    \ClassError{exam}{%
      You must load the color package with the command\MessageBreak
      \space\space\protect\usepackage{color}\MessageBreak
      in order to use the command \protect\colorgrids
      }{%
      This command makes use of the package color.sty,\MessageBreak
      and so you have to load color.sty before your\MessageBreak
      \protect\begin{document} command.\MessageBreak
      }%
  }%
  {%
    \definecolor{GridColor}{gray}{0.8}
    \@colorgridstrue
  }%
}% \colorgrids
\newcommand\nocolorgrids{\@colorgridsfalse}
\nocolorgrids

\newlength\gridsize
\newlength\gridlinewidth
\setlength{\gridsize}{5mm}
\setlength{\gridlinewidth}{0.1pt}

\def\fillwithgrid#1{%
  \begingroup
  \ifhmode
    \par
  \fi
  \hrule height \z@
  \nobreak

  % We first set box0 equal to an \hbox which, when printed, is a
  % square with width and height equal to \gridsize+\gridlinewidth,
  % but which has
  % width equal to \gridsize,
  % height equal to \gridsize, and
  % depth equal to 0pt.
  % When we put multiple copies of it together using \leaders or
  % \cleaders, the right edge will coincide with the left edge of the
  % next box and the bottom edge will coincide with the top edge of
  % the box below it.
  \setlength{\@tempdima}{\gridsize}
  \addtolength{\@tempdima}{\gridlinewidth}
  \setlength{\@tempdimb}{\gridsize}
  \addtolength{\@tempdimb}{-\gridlinewidth}
  \setbox0=\hbox{%
    \rlap{\vrule height \gridsize depth \gridlinewidth width \gridlinewidth}%
    \rlap{\vrule height \gridsize depth -\@tempdimb width \@tempdima}%
    \vrule height 0pt depth \gridlinewidth width \@tempdima
    \llap{\vrule height \gridsize depth \gridlinewidth width \gridlinewidth}%
  }%
  \wd0=\gridsize
  \dp0=0pt
  % Now we set box1 equal to an \hbox containing a single line of
  % copies of box0.  We use \leaders (instead of \cleaders) so that
  % if we use it twice on a page, once with a question and once
  % with a part, the boxes will line up vertically.  We add a kern of
  % \gridlinewidth at the right because the rightmost vertical line
  % appears to the right of where the \leaders command thinks that it
  % appears.
  \setbox1=\hbox to \textwidth{%
    \color@begingroup
    \if@colorgrids
      \color{GridColor}%
    \fi
    \hskip \@totalleftmargin \leaders\copy0\hfil \kern\gridlinewidth
    \color@endgroup
  }%
  % Finally: We create the grid, using \cleaders: We use \cleaders
  % (rather than \leaders) so that a given vertical space will always
  % produce the same number of lines no matter where on the page it
  % happens to start.  We add a kern of \gridlinewidth because the
  % bottommost horizontal line appears below where the \cleaders
  % command thinks that it appears.
  \cleaders \copy1 \vskip #1 \kern \gridlinewidth \hbox{}%
  \endgroup
}% fillwithgrid

%--------------------------------------------------------------------
%                            \makeemptybox

% \makeemptybox takes one argument, which is a length, and it creates
% an empty box of width the length of the current line and of height
% equal to the argument. That is, the box extends from the current
% left margin (which depends on whether we're in a question, part,
% subpart, or subsubpart) to the right margin.

% As of version 2.304, the argument of \makeemptybox can be either
% a length, or \fill, or \stretch{number}.

% \newcommand\makeemptybox[1]{
%   \par
%   \begingroup
%     \setlength{\fboxsep}{0pt}%
%     \framebox[\linewidth]{%
%       \vrule height 0pt depth #1 width 0pt
%     }%
%   \endgroup
% }

\newlength\minboxheight
\setlength\minboxheight{.1in}


% As of version 2.502, 2016/03/23, the frame drawn by the
% \makeemptybox command will be drawn in color if the user has given
% the command \colorsolutionboxes.  The actual drawing of the box is
% now done by the command \do@emptybox, after the \makeemptybox
% command decides whether it will be in color.

\newcommand\makeemptybox[1]{%
  \if@colorsolutionboxes
    \color@begingroup
      \color{SolutionBoxColor}%
      \do@emptybox{#1}%
    \color@endgroup
  \else
    \do@emptybox{#1}%
  \fi
}

% The command \do@emptybox is called only by \makeemptybox.
\newcommand\do@emptybox[1]{%
  \par
  \hbox to \hsize{\hskip\@totalleftmargin \leaders\hrule\hfill}%
  \nointerlineskip
  \begingroup
    \setbox0=\hbox to \hsize{\hskip\@totalleftmargin
                           \vrule height\minboxheight \hfill \vrule}%
    % The vertical size desired may not be an exact multiple of
    % \minboxheight, and so \cleaders might leave a gap between the
    % vertical lines and the horizontal lines above and below it.
    % Thus, we put a single copy of \box0 immediately below the
    % horizontal line above and we'll also put a single copy of \box0
    % immediately above the horizontal line below.
    \copy0
    \nobreak
    \vskip -\minboxheight
    \cleaders \copy0 \vskip #1
    \vskip -\minboxheight
    \nointerlineskip
    \copy0
  \endgroup
  \nointerlineskip
  \hbox to \hsize{\hskip\@totalleftmargin \leaders\hrule\hfill}%
}

%--------------------------------------------------------------------
%                      \uplevel and \fullwidth
%           and the EnvUplevel and EnvFullwidth environments:

% \uplevel is used to print text at the indentation level of the 
% enclosing environment.  For example, to precede a question with
% directions about how that question should be answered, you would
% say \uplevel{Answer this question correctly.}
% 
% \fullwidth is similar, but uses the full page of text on the page.

% The EnvUplevel environment is similar to the \uplevel command, but it
% has the advantage that you can include verbatim material (using, e.g.,
% the \verb command) in the environment.  (You can't include verbatim
% material in the argument of an \uplevel command.)

% The EnvFullwidth environment is similar to the \fullwidth command, but
% it has the advantage that you can include verbatim material (using,
% e.g., the \verb command) in the environment.  (You can't include
% verbatim material in the argument of an \fullwidth command.)


\long\def\uplevel#1{%
  \par\bigskip
  \vbox{%
    % We entered internal vertical mode, and so we get \parshape=0.
    % We set \leftskip to provide the correct left margin for whatever
    % is in the argument of the \uplevel command:
    \leftskip=\@totalleftmargin
    \advance\leftskip-\leftmargin
    % We adjust \@totalleftmargin and linewidth in case there's a
    % solution environment inside of the argument to the \uplevel:
    \advance\@totalleftmargin-\leftmargin
    \advance\linewidth\leftmargin
    #1%
  }% vbox
  \nobreak
}

\newenvironment{EnvUplevel}
  {\par\bigskip\vbox\bgroup
    % We set \leftskip to provide the correct left margin for whatever
    % is inside of the environment:
    \leftskip=\@totalleftmargin
    \advance\leftskip-\leftmargin
    % We adjust \@totalleftmargin (and linewidth?) in case there's a
    % solution environment inside of the environment:
    \advance\@totalleftmargin-\leftmargin
    \advance\linewidth\leftmargin
  }
  {\egroup\nobreak}


\long\def\fullwidth#1{%
  \par\bigskip
  \vbox{%
    % We entered internal vertical mode, and so we get \parshape=0.
    \leftskip=0pt \rightskip=0pt
    \advance\linewidth\@totalleftmargin
    \@totalleftmargin=0pt
    #1%
  }% vbox
  \nobreak
}

\newenvironment{EnvFullwidth}
  {\par\bigskip\vbox\bgroup
    % We entered internal vertical mode, and so we get \parshape=0.
    \leftskip=0pt \rightskip=0pt
    % We adjust \@totalleftmargin (and linewidth?) in case there's a
    % solution environment inside of the environment:
    \advance\linewidth\@totalleftmargin
    \@totalleftmargin=0pt
  }
  {\egroup\nobreak}


%--------------------------------------------------------------------
%--------------------------------------------------------------------
%
%                        ********************
%                        ** GRADING TABLES **
%                        ********************



\newcounter{@iterator}
\newlength\@cellwidth

\def\cellwidth#1{\@cellwidth=#1}
\def\gradetablestretch#1{\def\@gtblstretch{#1}}

% \settabletotalpoints allows the user to specify a total
% number of points to appear in a table that may be different
% from the sum of the points in the table:
\newcommand\prt@tablepoints{\prt@hlfcntr{tbl@points}}
\newcommand\settabletotalpoints[1]{%
  \def\prt@tablepoints{#1}%
}% \settabletotalpoints

% \settabletotalbonuspoints is similar to \settabletotalpoints:
\newcommand\prt@tablebonuspoints{\prt@hlfcntr{tbl@bonuspoints}}
\newcommand\settabletotalbonuspoints[1]{%
  \def\prt@tablebonuspoints{#1}%
}% \settabletotalbonuspoints

% All of the following that begin with `h' are for horizontal tables,
% and all of them that begin with `v' are for vertical tables:
\def\hqword#1{\def\@hqword{#1}}
\def\hpword#1{\def\@hpword{#1}}
\def\hsword#1{\def\@hsword{#1}}
\def\htword#1{\def\@htword{#1}}
\def\hpgword#1{\def\@hpgword{#1}}

\def\vqword#1{\def\@vqword{#1}}
\def\vpword#1{\def\@vpword{#1}}
\def\vsword#1{\def\@vsword{#1}}
\def\vtword#1{\def\@vtword{#1}}
\def\vpgword#1{\def\@vpgword{#1}}


% The following are the versions for bonusgradetable:
\def\bhqword#1{\def\@bhqword{#1}}
\def\bhpword#1{\def\@bhpword{#1}}
\def\bhsword#1{\def\@bhsword{#1}}
\def\bhtword#1{\def\@bhtword{#1}}
\def\bhpgword#1{\def\@bhpgword{#1}}

\def\bvqword#1{\def\@bvqword{#1}}
\def\bvpword#1{\def\@bvpword{#1}}
\def\bvsword#1{\def\@bvsword{#1}}
\def\bvtword#1{\def\@bvtword{#1}}
\def\bvpgword#1{\def\@bvpgword{#1}}

% The following are the versions for combinedgradetable:
\def\chqword#1{\def\@chqword{#1}}
\def\chpword#1{\def\@chpword{#1}}
\def\chbpword#1{\def\@chbpword{#1}}
\def\chsword#1{\def\@chsword{#1}}
\def\chtword#1{\def\@chtword{#1}}
\def\chpgword#1{\def\@chpgword{#1}}

\def\cvqword#1{\def\@cvqword{#1}}
\def\cvpword#1{\def\@cvpword{#1}}
\def\cvbpword#1{\def\@cvbpword{#1}}
\def\cvsword#1{\def\@cvsword{#1}}
\def\cvtword#1{\def\@cvtword{#1}}
\def\cvpgword#1{\def\@cvpgword{#1}}



% Initialize:
\cellwidth{2em}
\gradetablestretch{1.5}

\hqword{Question:}
\hpgword{Page:}
\hpword{Points:}
\hsword{Score:}
\htword{Total}
\vpword{Points}
\vsword{Score}
\vtword{Total:}
\vqword{Question}
\vpgword{Page}

\bhqword{Question:}
\bhpgword{Page:}
\bhpword{Bonus Points:}
\bhsword{Score:}
\bhtword{Total}
\bvqword{Question}
\bvpgword{Page}
\bvpword{Bonus Points}
\bvsword{Score}
\bvtword{Total:}

\chqword{Question:}
\chpgword{Page:}
\chpword{Points:}
\chbpword{Bonus Points:}
\chsword{Score:}
\chtword{Total}
\cvqword{Question}
\cvpgword{Page}
\cvpword{Points}
\cvbpword{Bonus Points}
\cvsword{Score}
\cvtword{Total:}

% Before we created multirow and multicolumn tables, he only commands
% here accessible to the user were \gradetable, \bonusgradetable,
% \combinedgradetable, \pointtable, \bonuspointtable,
% \combinedpointtable, \partialgradetable,
% \partialbonusgradetable, \partialcombinedtable, \partialpointtable,
% \partialbonuspointtable, \partialcombinedpointtable,
% \begingradingrange, \endgradingrange, \pointsinrange,
% \bonuspointsinrange, \firstqinrange, \lastqinrange, and
% \numqinrange.  The new user commands are
% 
% \def\multirowgradetable
% \def\multirowpointtable
% \def\multirowbonusgradetable
% \def\multirowbonuspointtable
% \def\multirowcombinedgradetable
% \def\multirowcombinedpointtable
% 
% \def\multirowpartialgradetable
% \def\multirowpartialpointtable
% \def\multirowpartialbonusgradetable
% \def\multirowpartialbonuspointtable
% \def\multirowpartialcombinedgradetable
% \def\multirowpartialcombinedpointtable
% 
% \def\multicolumngradetable
% \def\multicolumnpointtable
% \def\multicolumnbonusgradetable
% \def\multicolumnbonuspointtable
% \def\multicolumncombinedgradetable
% \def\multicolumncombinedpointtable
% 
% \def\multicolumnpartialgradetable
% \def\multicolumnpartialpointtable
% \def\multicolumnpartialbonusgradetable
% \def\multicolumnpartialbonuspointtable
% \def\multicolumnpartialcombinedgradetable
% \def\multicolumnpartialcombinedpointtable


% The possibilities are

%   \gradetable[v][questions]
%   \gradetable[v][pages]
%   \gradetable[h][questions]
%   \gradetable[h][pages]

%   \bonusgradetable[v][questions]
%   \bonusgradetable[v][pages]
%   \bonusgradetable[h][questions]
%   \bonusgradetable[h][pages]

%   \combinedgradetable[v][questions]
%   \combinedgradetable[v][pages]
%   \combinedgradetable[h][questions]
%   \combinedgradetable[h][pages]

%   \pointtable[v][questions]
%   \pointtable[v][pages]
%   \pointtable[h][questions]
%   \pointtable[h][pages]

%   \bonuspointtable[v][questions]
%   \bonuspointtable[v][pages]
%   \bonuspointtable[h][questions]
%   \bonuspointtable[h][pages]

%   \combinedpointtable[v][questions]
%   \combinedpointtable[v][pages]
%   \combinedpointtable[h][questions]
%   \combinedpointtable[h][pages]

%   \partialgradetable{whatever}[v][questions]
%   \partialgradetable{whatever}[v][pages]
%   \partialgradetable{whatever}[h][questions]
%   \partialgradetable{whatever}[h][pages]

%   \partialbonusgradetable{whatever}[v][questions]
%   \partialbonusgradetable{whatever}[v][pages]
%   \partialbonusgradetable{whatever}[h][questions]
%   \partialbonusgradetable{whatever}[h][pages]

%   \partialcombinedgradetable{whatever}[v][questions]
%   \partialcombinedgradetable{whatever}[v][pages]
%   \partialcombinedgradetable{whatever}[h][questions]
%   \partialcombinedgradetable{whatever}[h][pages]

%   \partialpointtable{whatever}[v][questions]
%   \partialpointtable{whatever}[v][pages]
%   \partialpointtable{whatever}[h][questions]
%   \partialpointtable{whatever}[h][pages]

%   \partialbonuspointtable{whatever}[v][questions]
%   \partialbonuspointtable{whatever}[v][pages]
%   \partialbonuspointtable{whatever}[h][questions]
%   \partialbonuspointtable{whatever}[h][pages]

%   \partialcombinedpointtable{whatever}[v][questions]
%   \partialcombinedpointtable{whatever}[v][pages]
%   \partialcombinedpointtable{whatever}[h][questions]
%   \partialcombinedpointtable{whatever}[h][pages]

%   \begingradingrange{whatever}
%   \endgradingrange{whatever}
%
%   \pointsinrange{whatever}
%   \bonuspointsinrange{whatever}
%
%    \firstqinrange{whatever}
%    \lastqinrange{whatever}
%    \numqinrange{whatever}
%
% where ``whatever'' is a label chosen by the user.
% 
% \def\multirowgradetable{numcols}[questions or pages]
% \def\multirowpointtable{numcols}[questions or pages]
% \def\multirowbonusgradetable{numcols}[questions or pages]
% \def\multirowbonuspointtable{numcols}[questions or pages]
% \def\multirowcombinedgradetable{numcols}[questions or pages]
% \def\multirowcombinedpointtable{numcols}[questions or pages]
% 
% \def\multirowpartialgradetable{numcols}{rangename}[questions or pages]
% \def\multirowpartialpointtable{numcols}{rangename}[questions or pages]
% \def\multirowpartialbonusgradetable{numcols}{rangename}[questions or pages]
% \def\multirowpartialbonuspointtable{numcols}{rangename}[questions or pages]
% \def\multirowpartialcombinedgradetable{numcols}{rangename}[questions or pages]
% \def\multirowpartialcombinedpointtable{numcols}{rangename}[questions or pages]
% 
% \def\multicolumngradetable{numrows}[questions or pages]
% \def\multicolumnpointtable{numrows}[questions or pages]
% \def\multicolumnbonusgradetable{numrows}[questions or pages]
% \def\multicolumnbonuspointtable{numrows}[questions or pages]
% \def\multicolumncombinedgradetable{numrows}[questions or pages]
% \def\multicolumncombinedpointtable{numrows}[questions or pages]

% \def\multicolumnpartialgradetable{numrows}{rangename}[questions or pages]
% \def\multicolumnpartialpointtable{numrows}{rangename}[questions or pages]
% \def\multicolumnpartialbonusgradetable{numrows}{rangename}[questions or pages]
% \def\multicolumnpartialbonuspointtable{numrows}{rangename}[questions or pages]
% \def\multicolumnpartialcombinedgradetable{numrows}{rangename}[questions or pages]
% \def\multicolumnpartialcombinedpointtable{numrows}{rangename}[questions or pages]


% If one or both optional arguments are omitted, the defaults are
% `[v]' and `[questions]'.

% \@scorestrue means we're doing \gradetable
% \@scoresfalse mans we're doing \pointtable
\newif\if@scores

% \@partialtrue means we're doing \partialgradetable,
% \partialbonusgradetable, \partialcombinedgradetable,
% \partialpointtable, \partialbonuspointtable, or
% \partialcombinedpointtable:
\newif\if@partial

% \@combinedtrue means we're doing \combinedgradetable,
% \combinedpointtable, \partialcombinedgradetable, or
% \partialcombinedpointtable:
\newif\if@combined

% It's OK to use the counter num@cols as a scratch counter
% in \begingradingrange and \endgradingrange because
% it's only used in typesetting tables:
\def\begingradingrange#1{%
  \setcounter{num@cols}{\value{question}}%
  \addtocounter{num@cols}{1}%
  \immediate\write\@mainaux
  {\string\expandafter\string\gdef
    \string\csname\space range@#1@firstq\string\endcsname
      {\arabic{num@cols}}}%
  \write\@mainaux
  {\string\expandafter\string\gdef
    \string\csname\space range@#1@firstp\string\endcsname
      {\thepage}}%
}% begingradingrange

\def\endgradingrange#1{%
  \setcounter{num@cols}{\value{question}}%
  \immediate\write\@mainaux
  {\string\expandafter\string\gdef
    \string\csname\space range@#1@lastq\string\endcsname
      {\arabic{num@cols}}}%
  \write\@mainaux
  {\string\expandafter\string\gdef
    \string\csname\space range@#1@lastp\string\endcsname
      {\thepage}}%
}% endgradingrange


% Now that grading tables may be for only part of the exam,
% we need the counter tbl@points to add up the total points
% for the questions (or pages) that appear on the table:
\new@hlfcntr{tbl@points}

% We'll use the counter tbl@bonuspoints to add up the total bonus
% points for the questions (or pages) that appear on the table:
\new@hlfcntr{tbl@bonuspoints}

%--------------------------------------------------------------------
% multirow tables, non-partial:

\def\multirowgradetable#1{%
  \@scorestrue
  \@bonusfalse
  \@partialfalse
  \@combinedfalse
  \setcounter{num@rows}{#1}%
  \i@gtable[h]%
}

\def\multirowpointtable#1{%
  \@scoresfalse
  \@bonusfalse
  \@partialfalse
  \@combinedfalse
  \setcounter{num@rows}{#1}%
  \i@gtable[h]%
}

\def\multirowbonusgradetable#1{%
  \@scorestrue
  \@bonustrue
  \@partialfalse
  \@combinedfalse
  \setcounter{num@rows}{#1}%
  \i@gtable[h]%
}

\def\multirowbonuspointtable#1{%
  \@scoresfalse
  \@bonustrue
  \@partialfalse
  \@combinedfalse
  \setcounter{num@rows}{#1}%
  \i@gtable[h]%
}

\def\multirowcombinedgradetable#1{%
  \@scorestrue
  \@bonusfalse
  \@partialfalse
  \@combinedtrue
  \setcounter{num@rows}{#1}%
  \i@gtable[h]%
}

\def\multirowcombinedpointtable#1{%
  \@scoresfalse
  \@bonusfalse
  \@partialfalse
  \@combinedtrue
  \setcounter{num@rows}{#1}%
  \i@gtable[h]%
}

%--------------------------------------------------------------------
% multirow tables, partial:

\def\multirowpartialgradetable#1#2{%
  \@scorestrue
  \@bonusfalse
  \@partialtrue
  \@combinedfalse
  \def\tbl@range{#2}%
  \setcounter{num@rows}{#1}%
  \i@gtable[h]%
}

\def\multirowpartialpointtable#1#2{%
  \@scoresfalse
  \@bonusfalse
  \@partialtrue
  \@combinedfalse
  \def\tbl@range{#2}%
  \setcounter{num@rows}{#1}%
  \i@gtable[h]%
}

\def\multirowpartialbonusgradetable#1#2{%
  \@scorestrue
  \@bonustrue
  \@partialtrue
  \@combinedfalse
  \def\tbl@range{#2}%
  \setcounter{num@rows}{#1}%
  \i@gtable[h]%
}

\def\multirowpartialbonuspointtable#1#2{%
  \@scoresfalse
  \@bonustrue
  \@partialtrue
  \@combinedfalse
  \def\tbl@range{#2}%
  \setcounter{num@rows}{#1}%
  \i@gtable[h]%
}

\def\multirowpartialcombinedgradetable#1#2{%
  \@scorestrue
  \@bonusfalse
  \@partialtrue
  \@combinedtrue
  \def\tbl@range{#2}%
  \setcounter{num@rows}{#1}%
  \i@gtable[h]%
}

\def\multirowpartialcombinedpointtable#1#2{%
  \@scoresfalse
  \@bonusfalse
  \@partialtrue
  \@combinedtrue
  \def\tbl@range{#2}%
  \setcounter{num@rows}{#1}%
  \i@gtable[h]%
}

%--------------------------------------------------------------------
%  multicolumn tables, non-partial:

\def\multicolumngradetable#1{%
  \@scorestrue
  \@bonusfalse
  \@partialfalse
  \@combinedfalse
  \setcounter{num@cols}{#1}%
  \i@gtable[v]%
}

\def\multicolumnpointtable#1{%
  \@scoresfalse
  \@bonusfalse
  \@partialfalse
  \@combinedfalse
  \setcounter{num@cols}{#1}%
  \i@gtable[v]%
}

\def\multicolumnbonusgradetable#1{%
  \@scorestrue
  \@bonustrue
  \@partialfalse
  \@combinedfalse
  \setcounter{num@cols}{#1}%
  \i@gtable[v]%
}

\def\multicolumnbonuspointtable#1{%
  \@scoresfalse
  \@bonustrue
  \@partialfalse
  \@combinedfalse
  \setcounter{num@cols}{#1}%
  \i@gtable[v]%
}

\def\multicolumncombinedgradetable#1{%
  \@scorestrue
  \@bonusfalse
  \@partialfalse
  \@combinedtrue
  \setcounter{num@cols}{#1}%
  \i@gtable[v]%
}

\def\multicolumncombinedpointtable#1{%
  \@scoresfalse
  \@bonusfalse
  \@partialfalse
  \@combinedtrue
  \setcounter{num@cols}{#1}%
  \i@gtable[v]%
}

%--------------------------------------------------------------------
% multicolumn tables, partial:

\def\multicolumnpartialgradetable#1#2{%
  \@scorestrue
  \@bonusfalse
  \@partialtrue
  \@combinedfalse
  \def\tbl@range{#2}%
  \setcounter{num@cols}{#1}%
  \i@gtable[v]%
}

\def\multicolumnpartialpointtable#1#2{%
  \@scoresfalse
  \@bonusfalse
  \@partialtrue
  \@combinedfalse
  \def\tbl@range{#2}%
  \setcounter{num@cols}{#1}%
  \i@gtable[v]%
}

\def\multicolumnpartialbonusgradetable#1#2{%
  \@scorestrue
  \@bonustrue
  \@partialtrue
  \@combinedfalse
  \def\tbl@range{#2}%
  \setcounter{num@cols}{#1}%
  \i@gtable[v]%
}

\def\multicolumnpartialbonuspointtable#1#2{%
  \@scoresfalse
  \@bonustrue
  \@partialtrue
  \@combinedfalse
  \def\tbl@range{#2}%
  \setcounter{num@cols}{#1}%
  \i@gtable[v]%
}

\def\multicolumnpartialcombinedgradetable#1#2{%
  \@scorestrue
  \@bonusfalse
  \@partialtrue
  \@combinedtrue
  \def\tbl@range{#2}%
  \setcounter{num@cols}{#1}%
  \i@gtable[v]%
}

\def\multicolumnpartialcombinedpointtable#1#2{%
  \@scoresfalse
  \@bonusfalse
  \@partialtrue
  \@combinedtrue
  \def\tbl@range{#2}%
  \setcounter{num@cols}{#1}%
  \i@gtable[v]%
}

%--------------------------------------------------------------------
% partial single row (and column) tables:

\def\partialgradetable#1{%
  \@scorestrue
  \@bonusfalse
  \@partialtrue
  \@combinedfalse
  \def\tbl@range{#1}%
  % We don't yet know if the table is vertical or horizontal, and so
  % we don't know if we need to set num@cols or num@rows.  We'll set
  % them both, and we'll later on just ignore the value of the one
  % that we didn't need to set here:
  \setcounter{num@cols}{1}%
  \setcounter{num@rows}{1}%
  % If the user doesn't include the optional argument
  % choosing between vertical and horizontal,
  % we give them vertical:
  \@ifnextchar[{\i@gtable}{\i@gtable[v]}%
}% partialgradetable

\def\partialbonusgradetable#1{%
  \@scorestrue
  \@bonustrue
  \@partialtrue
  \@combinedfalse
  \def\tbl@range{#1}%
  % We don't yet know if the table is vertical or horizontal, and so
  % we don't know if we need to set num@cols or num@rows.  We'll set
  % them both, and we'll later on just ignore the value of the one
  % that we didn't need to set here:
  \setcounter{num@cols}{1}%
  \setcounter{num@rows}{1}%
  % If the user doesn't include the optional argument
  % choosing between vertical and horizontal,
  % we give them vertical:
  \@ifnextchar[{\i@gtable}{\i@gtable[v]}%
}% partialbonusgradetable

\def\partialcombinedgradetable#1{%
  \@scorestrue
  \@bonusfalse
  \@partialtrue
  \@combinedtrue
  \def\tbl@range{#1}%
  % We don't yet know if the table is vertical or horizontal, and so
  % we don't know if we need to set num@cols or num@rows.  We'll set
  % them both, and we'll later on just ignore the value of the one
  % that we didn't need to set here:
  \setcounter{num@cols}{1}%
  \setcounter{num@rows}{1}%
  % If the user doesn't include the optional argument
  % choosing between vertical and horizontal,
  % we give them vertical:
  \@ifnextchar[{\i@gtable}{\i@gtable[v]}%
}% partialcombinedgradetable

\def\partialpointtable#1{%
  \@scoresfalse
  \@bonusfalse
  \@partialtrue
  \@combinedfalse
  \def\tbl@range{#1}%
  % We don't yet know if the table is vertical or horizontal, and so
  % we don't know if we need to set num@cols or num@rows.  We'll set
  % them both, and we'll later on just ignore the value of the one
  % that we didn't need to set here:
  \setcounter{num@cols}{1}%
  \setcounter{num@rows}{1}%
  % If the user doesn't include the optional argument
  % choosing between vertical and horizontal,
  % we give them vertical:
  \@ifnextchar[{\i@gtable}{\i@gtable[v]}%
}% partialpointtable

\def\partialbonuspointtable#1{%
  \@scoresfalse
  \@bonustrue
  \@partialtrue
  \@combinedfalse
  \def\tbl@range{#1}%
  % We don't yet know if the table is vertical or horizontal, and so
  % we don't know if we need to set num@cols or num@rows.  We'll set
  % them both, and we'll later on just ignore the value of the one
  % that we didn't need to set here:
  \setcounter{num@cols}{1}%
  \setcounter{num@rows}{1}%
  % If the user doesn't include the optional argument
  % choosing between vertical and horizontal,
  % we give them vertical:
  \@ifnextchar[{\i@gtable}{\i@gtable[v]}%
}% partialbonuspointtable

\def\partialcombinedpointtable#1{%
  \@scoresfalse
  \@bonusfalse
  \@partialtrue
  \@combinedtrue
  \def\tbl@range{#1}%
  % We don't yet know if the table is vertical or horizontal, and so
  % we don't know if we need to set num@cols or num@rows.  We'll set
  % them both, and we'll later on just ignore the value of the one
  % that we didn't need to set here:
  \setcounter{num@cols}{1}%
  \setcounter{num@rows}{1}%
  % If the user doesn't include the optional argument
  % choosing between vertical and horizontal,
  % we give them vertical:
  \@ifnextchar[{\i@gtable}{\i@gtable[v]}%
}% partialcombinedpointtable

%--------------------------------------------------------------------
% single row (and column) tables, non-partial:

\def\gradetable{%
  \@scorestrue
  \@bonusfalse
  \@partialfalse
  \@combinedfalse
  % We don't yet know if the table is vertical or horizontal, and so
  % we don't know if we need to set num@cols or num@rows.  We'll set
  % them both, and we'll later on just ignore the value of the one
  % that we didn't need to set here:
  \setcounter{num@cols}{1}%
  \setcounter{num@rows}{1}%
  % If the user doesn't include the optional argument
  % choosing between vertical and horizontal,
  % we give them vertical:
  \@ifnextchar[{\i@gtable}{\i@gtable[v]}%
}% gradetable

\def\bonusgradetable{%
  \@scorestrue
  \@bonustrue
  \@partialfalse
  \@combinedfalse
  % We don't yet know if the table is vertical or horizontal, and so
  % we don't know if we need to set num@cols or num@rows.  We'll set
  % them both, and we'll later on just ignore the value of the one
  % that we didn't need to set here:
  \setcounter{num@cols}{1}%
  \setcounter{num@rows}{1}%
  % If the user doesn't include the optional argument
  % choosing between vertical and horizontal,
  % we give them vertical:
  \@ifnextchar[{\i@gtable}{\i@gtable[v]}%
}% bonusgradetable

\def\combinedgradetable{%
  \@scorestrue
  \@bonusfalse
  \@partialfalse
  \@combinedtrue
  % We don't yet know if the table is vertical or horizontal, and so
  % we don't know if we need to set num@cols or num@rows.  We'll set
  % them both, and we'll later on just ignore the value of the one
  % that we didn't need to set here:
  \setcounter{num@cols}{1}%
  \setcounter{num@rows}{1}%
  % If the user doesn't include the optional argument
  % choosing between vertical and horizontal,
  % we give them vertical:
  \@ifnextchar[{\i@gtable}{\i@gtable[v]}%
}% bonusgradetable

\def\pointtable{%
  \@scoresfalse
  \@bonusfalse
  \@partialfalse
  \@combinedfalse
  % We don't yet know if the table is vertical or horizontal, and so
  % we don't know if we need to set num@cols or num@rows.  We'll set
  % them both, and we'll later on just ignore the value of the one
  % that we didn't need to set here:
  \setcounter{num@cols}{1}%
  \setcounter{num@rows}{1}%
  % If the user doesn't include the optional argument
  % choosing between vertical and horizontal,
  % we give them vertical:
  \@ifnextchar[{\i@gtable}{\i@gtable[v]}%
}% pointtable

\def\bonuspointtable{%
  \@scoresfalse
  \@bonustrue
  \@partialfalse
  \@combinedfalse
  % We don't yet know if the table is vertical or horizontal, and so
  % we don't know if we need to set num@cols or num@rows.  We'll set
  % them both, and we'll later on just ignore the value of the one
  % that we didn't need to set here:
  \setcounter{num@cols}{1}%
  \setcounter{num@rows}{1}%
  % If the user doesn't include the optional argument
  % choosing between vertical and horizontal,
  % we give them vertical:
  \@ifnextchar[{\i@gtable}{\i@gtable[v]}%
}% bonuspointtable

\def\combinedpointtable{%
  \@scoresfalse
  \@bonusfalse
  \@partialfalse
  \@combinedtrue
  % We don't yet know if the table is vertical or horizontal, and so
  % we don't know if we need to set num@cols or num@rows.  We'll set
  % them both, and we'll later on just ignore the value of the one
  % that we didn't need to set here:
  \setcounter{num@cols}{1}%
  \setcounter{num@rows}{1}%
  % If the user doesn't include the optional argument
  % choosing between vertical and horizontal,
  % we give them vertical:
  \@ifnextchar[{\i@gtable}{\i@gtable[v]}%
}% bonuspointtable

%--------------------------------------------------------------------

% \i@gtable and \ii@gtable insert any missing optional arguments
% (the defaults being [v] and [questions]) and then make sure
% that the user said \addpoints and that this isn't the
% first run of LaTeX.
% \find@p@or@q@range then branches, depending on whether the user
% selected [questions] or [pages].

\def\i@gtable[#1]{%
  % If the user doesn't include the second optional argument,
  % which chooses between questions and pages,
  % we give them questions:
  \@ifnextchar[{\ii@gtable{#1}}{\ii@gtable{#1}[questions]}%
}
\def\ii@gtable#1[#2]{%
  % We get here from \i@gtable.
  % We make sure the user said \addpoints, and then make sure
  % that this isn't the first run of LaTeX (by checking that
  % \exam@numpoints is defined).  If both of those are OK,
  % we go to \find@p@or@q@range to see whether we're doing a table
  % indexed by questions or by pages.
  \if@addpoints
    \@ifundefined{exam@numpoints}%
      {\ClassWarning{exam}%
        {%
          You must run LaTeX again to produce the
            table.\MessageBreak
        }%
        \fbox{Run \LaTeX{} again to produce the table}%
      }%
      {\find@p@or@q@range{#1}{#2}}%
  \else
    \ClassError{exam}{%
      You must give the command \protect\addpoints\MessageBreak
      \space\space in order to create a grade table.\MessageBreak
      }{%
      If you don't give the command \protect\addpoints\MessageBreak
      \space\space then we're not keeping track of point values.
      \MessageBreak
      }%
  \fi
}% ii@gtable

\def\@questionsref{questions}
\def\@pagesref{pages}
\def\find@p@or@q@range#1#2{%
  % We get here from \ii@gtable.
  % The first argument should be ``v'' or ``h'';
  % the second argument should be ``questions'' or ``pages''.
  % See whether we're doing a table indexed by
  % questions (in which case we go to \find@qrange) or by pages (in
  % which case we go to \find@prange):
  \begingroup
    % We've begun a group that will contain the construction of the
    % table, to confine the effect of any \def's that we use.
    \def\exam@temp{#2}%
    \ifx\exam@temp\@questionsref
      \tbl@pgsfalse
      \find@qrange{#1}%
    \else
      \ifx\exam@temp\@pagesref
        \tbl@pgstrue
        \find@prange{#1}%
      \else
        \ClassError{exam}{%
          Grade and point tables can be indexed\MessageBreak
          \space\space by either `questions' or `pages',\MessageBreak
          \space\space but not by `#2'.\MessageBreak
        }{%
          Grade tables and point tables can be indexed by questions or
          pages;\MessageBreak
          \space\space for others, you're on your own.\MessageBreak
        }%
        \fbox{\textbf{Error:} grade or point table: Invalid argument
              `#2' must be `questions' or `pages'.}%
      \fi
    \fi
  \endgroup
}% find@p@or@q@range

% \range@undefined can be called from either \find@qrange or
% \find@prange
\def\range@undefined{%
  \fbox{Warning: grading range `\tbl@range ' not defined;
                               run \LaTeX{} again.}%
  \ClassWarning{exam}{%
    Grading range `\tbl@range' not defined.\MessageBreak
    \space\space Run LaTeX again to produce the table.\MessageBreak
  }%
}% range@undefined


%--------------------------------------------------------------------
%--------------------------------------------------------------------
% Grade and point tables indexed by question numbers:

% When we get to \find@qrange, we know we're doing a table indexed by
% question numbers and that this is not the first run of latex.  The
% argument is either ``v'' or ``h''.  If we're not doing a partial
% table, then \find@qrange sets \tbl@firstq and \first@pq@index to 1
% and \tbl@lastq and \last@pq@index to \numquestions.  Otherwise,
% \find@qrange makes sure the grading range is defined and that its
% last question isn't before its first question.  \find@qrange then
% calls \tbl@v@or@h, passing along the argument that is either ``v''
% or ``h''.

\def\find@qrange#1{%
  % We get here from \find@p@or@q@range.
  % We're doing a table indexed by question numbers.
  \if@partial
    \@ifundefined{range@\tbl@range @firstq}%
      {%
        \range@undefined
      }%
      {%
        \@ifundefined{range@\tbl@range @lastq}%
          {%
            \range@undefined
          }%
          {%
            \edef\tbl@firstq{\csname range@\tbl@range @firstq\endcsname}%
            \edef\tbl@lastq{\csname range@\tbl@range @lastq\endcsname}%
            \let\first@pq@index=\tbl@firstq
            \let\last@pq@index=\tbl@lastq
            % Check that firstq precedes or equals lastq:
            \ifnum \tbl@firstq > \tbl@lastq\relax
              \fbox{\textbf{Error:} Grading Range `\tbl@range':
                      Last question precedes first question.}%
              \ClassError{exam}{%
                In grading range `\tbl@range',
                                the last question\MessageBreak
                \space\space comes before the first question.\MessageBreak
                }{%
                  \string\begingradingrange \space must precede
                  \string\endgradingrange \space by at
                             least one question.\MessageBreak
                }%
            \else
              \tbl@v@or@h{#1}%
            \fi
          }%
      }%
  \else
    \def\tbl@firstq{1}%
    \let\first@pq@index=\tbl@firstq
    % \numquestions is always defined, even if this is the first
    % run of LaTeX and \exam@numquestions isn't defined.
    % If it's the first run of LaTeX, then its value isn't useful,
    % but it's never used until a later run (when its value is useful).
    \def\tbl@lastq{\numquestions}%
    \let\last@pq@index=\tbl@lastq
    \tbl@v@or@h{#1}%
  \fi
}% find@qrange

\def\@vref{v}
\def\@href{h}
\def\tbl@v@or@h#1{%
  % \first@pq@index=\tbl@firstq or \tbl@firstp and
  % \last@pq@index=\tbl@lastq or \tbl@lastp have already been set.
  % The argument should be either `v' or `h', and we branch
  % accordingly.
  \def\exam@temp{#1}%
  \ifx\exam@temp\@vref
    \check@num@cols@v
  \else
    \ifx\exam@temp\@href
      \check@num@rows@h
    \else
      \ClassError{exam}{%
        Grade or point table: the argument `#1'\MessageBreak
        \space\space must be `v' or `h'.
        \MessageBreak
      }{%
        Grade tables and point tables can be either vertical or
        horizontal;\MessageBreak
        \space\space no diagonals allowed.\MessageBreak
      }%
      \fbox{\textbf{Error:} grade or point table: Invalid argument
            `#1' must be `v' or `h'.}%
    \fi
  \fi
}% tbl@v@or@h

%--------------------------------------------------------------------
%--------------------------------------------------------------------
% Grade and point tables indexed by page numbers:


% The only pages listed are those on which there are a nonzero number
% of points.  We check pages \tbl@firstp through \tbl@lastp
% Once we've checked that, e.g., \lastpage@withpoints and
% \pointsonpage@\romannumeral{\lastpage@withpoints} are defined, we
% can safely (we think) check \pointsonpage@\romannumeral{n} for all n
% between \tbl@firstp and \tbl@lastp without generating errors.
%
% Actually: Since we added the notion of half points and half counters
% (a long time ago), there won't be any errors even if
% \pointsonpage@\romannumeral{n} isn't defined, since it's tested by the
% lines:
%   \set@hlfcntr{tmp@hlfcntr}{\csname pointsonpage@\romannumeral
%                          \csname c@@iterator\endcsname\endcsname}%
%   \ifhlfcntr@pos{tmp@hlfcntr}%
% and if 
%   \csname pointsonpage@\romannumeral
%             \csname c@@iterator\endcsname\endcsname
% isn't defined, tmp@hlfcntr gets the value zero (because of the way
% that \set@hlfcntr is written).

% \find@prange makes sure the grading range is defined and that its
% last page isn't before its first page (if it's a partial table).  In
% any case, it then sets \tbl@firstp and \tbl@lastp, and calls
% \check@secondrun.

\def\find@prange#1{%
  % We get here from \find@p@or@q@range.
  % We're doing a table indexed by pages.
  % The argument is either ``v'' or ``h''.
  % We first determine the first and last page of the range, storing
  % those in \first@pq@index=\tbl@firstp and
  % \last@pq@index=\tbl@lastp. If not a partial table, we set
  % \first@pq@index=\tbl@firstp to 1 and \last@pq@index=\tbl@lastp to
  % the last page with the appropriate points (and so if it's a
  % combined table, it's the last page to have either bonus or
  % non-bonus points).
  % We then call \check@secondrun, passing it the argument that we
  % received (i.e., we say \check@secondrun{#1}) to make sure 
  % we've done at least two runs of latex (so that we'll have the
  % information we need about which pages have points on them).
  \if@partial
    \@ifundefined{range@\tbl@range @firstp}%
      {%
        \range@undefined
      }%
      {%
        \@ifundefined{range@\tbl@range @lastp}%
          {%
            \range@undefined
          }%
          {%
            \edef\tbl@firstp{\csname range@\tbl@range @firstp\endcsname}%
            \edef\tbl@lastp{\csname range@\tbl@range @lastp\endcsname}%
            \let\first@pq@index=\tbl@firstp
            \let\last@pq@index=\tbl@lastp
            % Check that firstp precedes or equals lastp:
            \ifnum \tbl@firstp > \tbl@lastp\relax
              \fbox{\textbf{Error:} Grading Range `\tbl@range ':
                      Last page precedes first page.}%
              \ClassError{exam}{%
                In grading range `\tbl@range', the last page\MessageBreak
                \space\space comes before the first page.\MessageBreak
                }{%
                  \string\begingradingrange \space must precede
                  \string\endgradingrange.\MessageBreak
                }%
            \else
              \check@secondrun{#1}%
            \fi
          }%
      }%
  \else
    % It's not a partial table:
    \def\tbl@firstp{1}%
    \let\first@pq@index=\tbl@firstp
    % We never get here on the first run of LaTeX, and
    % \lastpage@withbonuspoints is defined on the second and later runs.
    \def\tbl@lastp{\lastpage@withpoints}%
    \let\last@pq@index=\tbl@lastp
    \if@bonus
      \def\tbl@lastp{\lastpage@withbonuspoints}%
      \let\last@pq@index=\tbl@lastp
    \fi
    \if@combined
      \ifnum \lastpage@withbonuspoints > \lastpage@withpoints\relax
        \def\tbl@lastp{\lastpage@withbonuspoints}%
        \let\last@pq@index=\tbl@lastp
      \fi        
    \fi
    \check@secondrun{#1}%
  \fi
}% find@prange

\def\check@secondrun#1{%
  % The function \ii@gtable already made sure that this isn't the
  % first run of latex.  To do a table indexed by pages, though, we
  % have to also make sure it's not the second run of latex.
  % We get here from \find@prange; the argument is either ``v'' or
  % ``h''.
  % Check that there's enough info from the .aux file to do a page
  % indexed grade table.  If so, call \tbl@v@or@h{#1}:
  \@ifundefined{pointsonpage@\romannumeral
               \csname lastpage@withpoints\endcsname}%
    {\@ifundefined{bonuspointsonpage@\romannumeral
               \csname lastpage@withbonuspoints\endcsname}%
        {\ClassWarning{exam}{%
           You must run LaTeX again to produce the table.\MessageBreak}%
           \fbox{Run \LaTeX{} again to produce the table}%
        }%
        {\tbl@v@or@h{#1}%
        }%
    }%
    {\tbl@v@or@h{#1}%
    }%
}% check@secondrun

%--------------------------------------------------------------------
% Indexed by pages:

% For a table indexed by pages, we need to know how many pages there
% are with points on them.  The argument to \count@pgswpts should be
% the name of a counter; we set that counter equal to the number of
% pages with the appropriate kind of points.

\def\count@pgswpts#1{%
  % Set the counter #1 equal to the number of pages in the range with
  % the appropriate type of points.
  % We're called by \@computenumcols@h and \@computenumrows@v.
  \setcounter{#1}{0}%
  \setcounter{@iterator}{\tbl@firstp}%
  \addtocounter{@iterator}{-1}%
  \if@bonus
    \docount@pgswbpts{#1}%
  \else
    \if@combined
      \docount@pgswcpts{#1}%
    \else
      \docount@pgswpts{#1}%
    \fi
  \fi
}% count@pgswpts

\def\docount@pgswcpts#1{%
  % Called by \count@pgswpts
  % Count the number of pages in range with any kind of point (bonus
  % or non-bonus):
  \addtocounter{@iterator}{1}%
  \set@hlfcntr{tmp@hlfcntr}{\pointsonpage{\the@iterator}}%
  \ifhlfcntr@pos{tmp@hlfcntr}%
    \addtocounter{#1}{1}%
  \else
    \check@bnsptpage{#1}%
  \fi
  \ifnum \the@iterator < \tbl@lastp\relax
    \def\nextdocount@pgswcpts{\docount@pgswcpts{#1}}%
  \else
    \let\nextdocount@pgswcpts=\relax
  \fi
  \nextdocount@pgswcpts
}% docount@pgswcpts
\def\check@bnsptpage#1{%
  % We need to hide this inside of a macro because if \ifhlfcntr@pos
  % isn't expanded (because this stuff is being skipped in the outer
  % conditional), then TeX doesn't see the \ifnum hidden inside the
  % \ifhlfcntr@pos, but it does see the \fi, and so it get confused.
  \set@hlfcntr{tmp@hlfcntr}{\bonuspointsonpage{\the@iterator}}%
  \ifhlfcntr@pos{tmp@hlfcntr}%
    \addtocounter{#1}{1}%
  \fi
}% check@bnsptpage

\def\docount@pgswpts#1{%
  % Called by \count@pgswpts.
  % Count the number of pages in range with regular points.
  \addtocounter{@iterator}{1}%
  \set@hlfcntr{tmp@hlfcntr}{\pointsonpage{\the@iterator}}%
  \ifhlfcntr@pos{tmp@hlfcntr}%
    \addtocounter{#1}{1}%
  \fi
  \ifnum \the@iterator < \tbl@lastp\relax
    \def\nextdocount@pgswpts{\docount@pgswpts{#1}}%
  \else
    \let\nextdocount@pgswpts=\relax
  \fi
  \nextdocount@pgswpts
}% docount@pgswpts

\def\docount@pgswbpts#1{%
  % Called by \count@pgswpts
  % Count the number of pages in range with bonus points.
  \addtocounter{@iterator}{1}%
  \set@hlfcntr{tmp@hlfcntr}{\bonuspointsonpage{\the@iterator}}%
  \ifhlfcntr@pos{tmp@hlfcntr}%
    \addtocounter{#1}{1}%
  \fi
  \ifnum \the@iterator < \tbl@lastp\relax
    \def\nextdocount@pgswbpts{\docount@pgswbpts{#1}}%
  \else
    \let\nextdocount@pgswbpts=\relax
  \fi
  \nextdocount@pgswbpts
}% docount@pgswbpts

%--------------------------------------------------------------------
%--------------------------------------------------------------------
% Multirow horizontal tables, indexed by question numbers:

\newcounter{pq@index}% In tables indexed by page numbers, it holds a
% page number. In tables indexed by question numbers, it holds a
% question number.

\newcounter{pq@index@pts}% In horizontal tables, this holds either the
% current page number or the current question number as we put the
% point values for that page or question number into the table.  In
% vertical tables, this holds the index for the first column of the
% current row.

\newcounter{pq@index@bpts}% used to set bonus point values in
% horizontal tables.  Often used as scratch elsewhere.

\def\hidden@ampersand{&}% Needed because an ampersand can't appear in
% the replacement text of a conditional.

\newif\iftbl@pgs
% \tbl@pgstrue means a table indexed by page numbers
% \tbl@pgsfalse means a table indexed by question numbers

\newcounter{num@cols}
\newcounter{num@rows}
\newcounter{current@row}
\newcounter{cols@done}% Holds the number of columns done in the
% current row.

%--------------------------------------------------------------------
%--------------------------------------------------------------------
% Stuff to unify tables indexed by questions and tables indexed by
% pages:

% \first@pq@index and \last@pq@index will hold either \tbl@firstq and
% \tbl@lastq or \tbl@firstp and \tbl@lastp.

\def\increment@index#1{%
  % If we're doing a table indexed by question numbers, we increment
  % the counter #1.
  % If we're doing a table indexed by page numbers,
  % we increase the counter #1 by at least 1 to either the number of the
  % next page containing the appropriate kind of points, or to
  % something greater than \tbl@lastp.
  \iftbl@pgs
    \find@nextpagewithpoints{#1}%
  \else
    \addtocounter{#1}{1}%
  \fi
}% increment@index

\def\nextcolumn@index@v#1{%
  % Used only for multicolumn tables.
  % If we're doing a table indexed by question numbers, we increase
  % the counter #1 by num@cols.
  % If we're doing a table indexed by page numbers,
  % we use \find@nextcolumnpage@v to increment the counter #1 to either
  % the (num@rows)'th page number after #1 that contains the
  % appropriate kind of points or to a value greater than \tbl@lastp.
  \iftbl@pgs
    \find@nextcolumnpage@v{#1}%
  \else
    \addtocounter{#1}{\value{num@rows}}%
  \fi
}% nextcolumn@index@v

\def\pointsof@index#1{%
  \iftbl@pgs
    \pointsonpage{\arabic{#1}}%
  \else
    \pointsofquestion{\arabic{#1}}%
  \fi
}% pointsof@index

\def\bonuspointsof@index#1{%
  \iftbl@pgs
    \bonuspointsonpage{\arabic{#1}}%
  \else
    \bonuspointsofquestion{\arabic{#1}}%
  \fi
}% bonuspointsof@index

\def\refto@index#1{%
  \iftbl@pgs
    \if@combined
      % Need to hide this inside of a macro:
      \refto@comb@index{#1}%
    \else
      \if@bonus
        \pageref{firstbonuspoints@onpage@\arabic{#1}}%
      \else
        \pageref{firstpoints@onpage@\arabic{#1}}%
      \fi
    \fi
  \else
    \ref{question@\arabic{#1}}%
  \fi
}% refto@index

\def\refto@comb@index#1{%
  % We're called only by \refto@index.
  % We can't have the \ifhlfcntr@pos...\fi inside of another
  % conditional, so we're hiding it in this macro.
  \set@hlfcntr{tmp@hlfcntr}{\pointsonpage{\arabic{#1}}}%
  \ifhlfcntr@pos{tmp@hlfcntr}%
    \pageref{firstpoints@onpage@\arabic{#1}}%
  \else
    % In theory, there *must* be bonus points on this page, because
    % there aren't any plain points, but there are allegedly *some*
    % points.  We're being brave and assuming that's correct, and not
    % checking (which we'd have to hide inside a macro, because it
    % would use \ifhlfcntr@pos):
    \pageref{firstbonuspoints@onpage@\arabic{#1}}%
  \fi
}% refto@comb@index

%--------------------------------------------------------------------
%--------------------------------------------------------------------
% Multirow tables:


%--------------------------------------------------------------------
% Check that the number of rows is OK, and compute the number of
% columns:

\def\check@num@rows@h{%
  % We get here from \tbl@v@or@h.
  % We make sure the number of rows is a positive integer.  If it
  % is, we go on to \@computenumcols@h
  \ifnum \value{num@rows} < 1\relax
    \ClassError{exam}{%
      The number of rows in a table must be positive.\MessageBreak
    }{%
      The number of rows must be a positive integer.\MessageBreak
    }%
    \fbox{\textbf{Error:} Multirow table with no rows!}%
  \else
    \@computenumcols@h
  \fi
}% check@num@rows@h

\def\@computenumcols@h{%
  % We get here from \check@num@rows@h.
  % Compute the number of columns.
  % First: set num@cols to one more than either (the number of pages
  % with the appropriate type of points) or (the number of questions),
  % to have slots for the total along with the questions:
  \iftbl@pgs
    \count@pgswpts{num@cols}%
    \addtocounter{num@cols}{1}%
  \else
    \setcounter{num@cols}{\tbl@lastq}%
    \addtocounter{num@cols}{-\tbl@firstq}%
    \addtocounter{num@cols}{2}%
  \fi
  % Save the number of slots needed in pq@index (used for scratch), to
  % check for truncation:
  \setcounter{pq@index}{\value{num@cols}}%
  % Divide the number of slots needed by num@rows:
  \divide \csname c@num@cols\endcsname by
    \csname c@num@rows\endcsname
  % Division truncates: See if there was truncation.
  % Use @iterator as a scratch counter.
  \setcounter{@iterator}{\value{num@cols}}%
  \multiply \csname c@@iterator\endcsname by
    \csname c@num@rows\endcsname
  \ifnum \value{@iterator} < \value{pq@index}\relax
    % There was truncation; add a column to num@cols:
    \addtocounter{num@cols}{1}%
  \fi
  \@multirowtable
}% @computenumcols@h

%--------------------------------------------------------------------
% Construct the actual table:

\def\@multirowtable{%
  % We get here from \@computenumcols@h.
  % All multirow tables!
  \renewcommand\arraystretch{\@gtblstretch}%
  \set@hlfcntr{tbl@points}{0}%
  \set@hlfcntr{tbl@bonuspoints}{0}%
  \setcounter{pq@index}{\first@pq@index}%
  \addtocounter{pq@index}{-1}%
  \setcounter{pq@index@pts}{\value{pq@index}}%
  \setcounter{pq@index@bpts}{\value{pq@index}}%
  \setcounter{current@row}{0}%
  \begin{tabular}{|l|*{\value{num@cols}}{c|}}
    \hline
    \if@combined
      \do@comblines@h
    \else
      \do@lines@h
    \fi
}% @multirowtable


\def\do@lines@h{%
  % Called only by \@multirowtable.
  % It's either bonus or regular, but not combined:
  \addtocounter{current@row}{1}% Set to the number of the current row
  \iftbl@pgs
    \if@bonus
      \@bhpgword
    \else
      \@hpgword
    \fi
  \else
    \if@bonus
      \@bhqword
    \else
      \@hqword
    \fi
  \fi
  \setcounter{cols@done}{0}%
  \do@pq@indexloop@h
  % When we finish \do@pq@indexloop@h, either we've finished a
  % complete row of page numbers (or questions), or we've done all 
  % the page numbers (or questions) through \last@pq@index, or both:
  \ifnum \value{cols@done} < \value{num@cols}\relax
    % We've inserted all the page or question numbers, and there's
    % room remaining on the current line for \@htword (or \@bhtword):
    \ifnum \value{current@row} = \value{num@rows}\relax
      % This is the last row; put in the total:
      \do@htword@h
    \else
      % This isn't the last row.  We insert (\value{num@cols} -
      % \value{cols@done}) ampersands.
      \setcounter{@iterator}{\value{num@cols}}%
      \addtocounter{@iterator}{-\value{cols@done}}%
      \do@emptycols@h
    \fi
  \fi
  \\
  \hline
  % Point values go here!
  \setcounter{cols@done}{0}%
  \if@bonus
    \@bhpword
    \do@bptloop@h
  \else
    \@hpword
    \do@ptloop@h
  \fi
  % When we finish \do@ptloop@h or \do@bptloop@h, either
  % we've finished a complete row of point values, or we've done all
  % the question (or page) numbers through \last@pq@index, or both:  
  \ifnum \value{cols@done} < \value{num@cols}\relax
    % We've inserted all the point values, and there's room
    % remaining on the current line for Total Points:
    \ifnum \value{current@row} = \value{num@rows}\relax
      % This is the last row; put in the total:
      \if@bonus
        \do@totalbpts@h
      \else
        \do@totalpts@h
      \fi
    \else
      % This isn't the last row.  We insert (\value{num@cols} -
      % \value{cols@done}) ampersands.
      \setcounter{@iterator}{\value{num@cols}}%
      \addtocounter{@iterator}{-\value{cols@done}}%
      \do@emptycols@h
    \fi
  \fi
  % We hold off on putting in the "\\ \hline" because we may want to
  % immediately follow it with either an "\end{tabular}" or another
  % "\hline".
  % Scores?
  \if@scores
    \\
    \hline
    \if@bonus
      \@bhsword \hidden@ampersand
    \else
      \@hsword \hidden@ampersand
    \fi
    \setcounter{cols@done}{0}%
    \do@sloop@h
  \fi
  \ifnum \value{current@row} = \value{num@rows}\relax
    % This is the last line!  End the tabular:
    \\
    \hline
    \end{tabular}%
  \else
    % Don't end the tabular:
    \\
    \hline\hline
  \fi
  % Check if we should repeat:
  \ifnum \value{current@row} < \value{num@rows}\relax
    \let\nextdo@lines@h=\do@lines@h
  \else
    \let\nextdo@lines@h=\relax
  \fi
  \nextdo@lines@h
}% do@lines@h

\def\do@comblines@h{%
  % Called only by \@multirowtable.
  % Combined tables.
  \addtocounter{current@row}{1}% Set to the number of the current row
  \iftbl@pgs
    \@chpgword
  \else
    \@chqword
  \fi
  \setcounter{cols@done}{0}%
  \do@pq@indexloop@h
  % When we finish \do@pq@indexloop@h, either we've finished a
  % complete row of page (or question) numbers, or we've done all
  % the page (or question) numbers through \last@pq@index, or both: 
  \ifnum \value{cols@done} < \value{num@cols}\relax
    % We've inserted all the question (or page) numbers, and there's
    % room remaining on the current line for \@chtword:
    \ifnum \value{current@row} = \value{num@rows}\relax
      % This is the last row; put in the total:
      \do@htword@h
    \else
      % This isn't the last row.  We insert (\value{num@cols} -
      % \value{cols@done}) ampersands.
      \setcounter{@iterator}{\value{num@cols}}%
      \addtocounter{@iterator}{-\value{cols@done}}%
      \do@emptycols@h
    \fi
  \fi
  \\
  \hline
  % Point values go here!
  \@chpword
  \setcounter{cols@done}{0}%
  \do@ptloop@h
  % When we finish \do@ptloop@h, either we've finished a complete
  % row of point values, or we've done all the question (or page)
  % numbers through \last@pq@index, or both:   
  \ifnum \value{cols@done} < \value{num@cols}\relax
    % We've inserted all the point values, and there's room
    % remaining on the current line for Total Points:
    \ifnum \value{current@row} = \value{num@rows}\relax
      % This is the last row; put in the total:
      \do@totalpts@h
    \else
      % This isn't the last row.  We insert (\value{num@cols} -
      % \value{cols@done}) ampersands.
      \setcounter{@iterator}{\value{num@cols}}%
      \addtocounter{@iterator}{-\value{cols@done}}%
      \do@emptycols@h
    \fi
  \fi
  \\
  \hline
  % Bonus point values go here!
  \@chbpword
  \setcounter{cols@done}{0}%
  \do@bptloop@h
  % When we finish \do@bptloop@h, either
  % we've finished a complete row of point values, or we've done all
  % the question (or page) numbers through \last@pq@index, or both:  
  \ifnum \value{cols@done} < \value{num@cols}\relax
    % We've inserted all the point values, and there's room
    % remaining on the current line for Total Points:
    \ifnum \value{current@row} = \value{num@rows}\relax
      % This is the last row; put in the total:
      \do@totalbpts@h
    \else
      % This isn't the last row.  We insert (\value{num@cols} -
      % \value{cols@done}) ampersands.
      \setcounter{@iterator}{\value{num@cols}}%
      \addtocounter{@iterator}{-\value{cols@done}}%
      \do@emptycols@h
    \fi
  \fi
  % We hold off on putting in the "\\ \hline" because we may want to
  % immediately follow it with either an "\end{tabular}" or another
  % "\hline".
  % Scores?
  \if@scores
    \\
    \hline
    \@chsword \hidden@ampersand
    \setcounter{cols@done}{0}%
    \do@sloop@h
  \fi
  \ifnum \value{current@row} = \value{num@rows}\relax
    % This is the last line!  End the tabular:
    \\
    \hline
    \end{tabular}%
  \else
    % Don't end the tabular:
    \\
    \hline\hline
  \fi
  % Check if we should repeat:
  \ifnum \value{current@row} < \value{num@rows}\relax
    \let\nextdo@comblines@h=\do@comblines@h
  \else
    \let\nextdo@comblines@h=\relax
  \fi
  \nextdo@comblines@h
}% do@comblines@h

\def\do@pq@indexloop@h{%
  % Called by both \do@lines@h and \do@comblines@h.
  % We insert at most one row of pq@index:
  \increment@index{pq@index}%
  \ifnum \value{pq@index} > \last@pq@index\relax
    % Do nothing!
  \else
    \hidden@ampersand
    \refto@index{pq@index}%
    \addtocounter{cols@done}{1}%
  \fi
  \ifnum \value{pq@index} < \last@pq@index\relax
    \ifnum \value{cols@done} < \value{num@cols}\relax
      \let\nextdo@pq@indexloop@h=\do@pq@indexloop@h
    \else
      \let\nextdo@pq@indexloop@h=\relax
    \fi
  \else
    \let\nextdo@pq@indexloop@h=\relax
  \fi
  \nextdo@pq@indexloop@h
}% do@pq@indexloop@h

\def\do@ptloop@h{%
  % Called by both \do@lines@h and \do@comblines@h.
  % We insert at most one row of non-bonus point values:
  \increment@index{pq@index@pts}%
  \ifnum \value{pq@index@pts} > \last@pq@index\relax
    % Do nothing!
  \else
    \hidden@ampersand
    \addtocounter{cols@done}{1}%
    \pointsof@index{pq@index@pts}%
    \addto@hlfcntr{tbl@points}{\pointsof@index{pq@index@pts}}%
  \fi
  \ifnum \value{pq@index@pts} < \last@pq@index\relax
    \ifnum \value{cols@done} < \value{num@cols}\relax
      \let\nextdo@ptloop@h=\do@ptloop@h
    \else
      \let\nextdo@ptloop@h=\relax
    \fi
  \else
    \let\nextdo@ptloop@h=\relax
  \fi
  \nextdo@ptloop@h
}% do@ptloop@h

\def\do@bptloop@h{%
  % Called by both \do@lines@h and \do@comblines@h.
  % We insert at most one row of bonus point values:
  \increment@index{pq@index@bpts}%
  \ifnum \value{pq@index@bpts} > \last@pq@index\relax
    % Do nothing!
  \else
    \hidden@ampersand
    \addtocounter{cols@done}{1}%
    \bonuspointsof@index{pq@index@bpts}%
    \addto@hlfcntr{tbl@bonuspoints}{\bonuspointsof@index{pq@index@bpts}}%
  \fi
  \ifnum \value{pq@index@bpts} < \last@pq@index\relax
    \ifnum \value{cols@done} < \value{num@cols}\relax
      \let\nextdo@bptloop@h=\do@bptloop@h
    \else
      \let\nextdo@bptloop@h=\relax
    \fi
  \else
    \let\nextdo@bptloop@h=\relax
  \fi
  \nextdo@bptloop@h
}% do@bptloop@h

\def\do@htword@h{%
  % Called by both \do@lines@h and \do@comblines@h.
  % We insert (\value{num@cols} - \value{cols@done}) ampersands,
  % and then either \@htword or \@bhtword or \@chtword:
  \setcounter{@iterator}{\value{num@cols}}%
  \addtocounter{@iterator}{-\value{cols@done}}%
  \do@emptycols@h
  \if@combined
    \@chtword
  \else
    \if@bonus
      \@bhtword
    \else
      \@htword
    \fi
  \fi
}% do@htword@h

\def\do@totalpts@h{%
  % Called by both \do@lines@h and \do@comblines@h.
  % We insert (\value{num@cols} - \value{cols@done}) ampersands
  % and then the total points:
  \setcounter{@iterator}{\value{num@cols}}%
  \addtocounter{@iterator}{-\value{cols@done}}%
  \do@emptycols@h
  \prt@tablepoints
}% do@totalpts@h

\def\do@totalbpts@h{%
  % Called by both \do@lines@h and \do@comblines@h.
  % We insert (\value{num@cols} - \value{cols@done}) ampersands,
  % and then the total bonus points:
  \setcounter{@iterator}{\value{num@cols}}%
  \addtocounter{@iterator}{-\value{cols@done}}%
  \do@emptycols@h
  \prt@tablebonuspoints
}% do@totalbpts@h

\def\do@emptycols@h{%
  % Called by \do@lines@h, \do@comblines@h, \do@htword@h,
  % \do@totalpts@h, and \do@totalbpts@h.
  % We insert \value{@iterator} ampersands:
  \ifnum \value{@iterator} > 0\relax
    \hidden@ampersand
    \addtocounter{@iterator}{-1}%
    \let\nextdo@emptycols@h=\do@emptycols@h
  \else
    \let\nextdo@emptycols@h=\relax
  \fi
  \nextdo@emptycols@h
}% do@emptycols@h

\def\do@sloop@h{%
  % Called by both \do@lines@h and \do@comblines@h.
  % We assume that cols@done has been set to zero.
  % We insert num@cols \hbox to \@cellwidth,
  % separated by ampersands.
  \addtocounter{cols@done}{1}%
  \hbox to \@cellwidth{\hfill}%
  \ifnum \value{cols@done} < \value{num@cols}\relax
    \hidden@ampersand
    \let\nextdo@sloop@h=\do@sloop@h
  \else
    \let\nextdo@sloop@h=\relax
  \fi
  \nextdo@sloop@h
}% do@sloop@h


%--------------------------------------------------------------------
%--------------------------------------------------------------------
% Multicolumn tables


%--------------------------------------------------------------------
% Here's an example of a multicolumn grade table indexed by questions,
% to show how we're getting the \cline's to link up correctly with the
% \vline's.

% Every line of \cline's is followed by a
% \noalign{\vskip\arrayrulewidth} to cancel the
% \noalign{\vskip-\arrayrulewidth} that ends the definition of
% \cline.

% \begin{tabular}{*2{@{}c|c|c@{}c}}
%   \cline{1-3} \cline{5-7}
%   \noalign{\vskip\arrayrulewidth}
%   \vline \hspace*{\tabcolsep}\hspace*{\fill}%
%     Question%
%     \hspace*{\fill}%
%   & Points%
%   & \hspace*{\fill}%
%     Score%
%     \hspace*{\tabcolsep}\hspace*{\fill}\vline
%   & \hspace*{-\arrayrulewidth}\hspace*{\doublerulesep}%
%   & \vline \hspace*{\tabcolsep}\hspace*{\fill}%
%     Question%
%     \hspace*{\fill}%
%   & Points%
%   & \hspace*{\fill}%
%     Score%
%     \hspace*{\tabcolsep}\hspace*{\fill}\vline\\
%   \cline{1-3} \cline{5-7}
%   \noalign{\vskip\arrayrulewidth}
%   \vline \hspace*{\tabcolsep}\hspace*{\fill}%
%     1\hspace*{\fill}%
%   & 5%
%   & \hspace*{\fill}%
%   \hbox to \@cellwidth{\hfill}%
%     \hspace*{\tabcolsep}\hspace*{\fill}\vline
%   & \hspace*{-\arrayrulewidth}\hspace*{\doublerulesep}%
%   & \vline\hspace*{\tabcolsep}\hspace*{\fill}%
%     4%
%     \hspace*{\fill}%
%   & 20%
%   & \hspace*{\fill}%
%   \hbox to \@cellwidth{\hfill}%
%     \hspace*{\tabcolsep}\hspace*{\fill}\vline\\
%   \cline{1-3} \cline{5-7}
%   \noalign{\vskip\arrayrulewidth}
%   \vline \hspace*{\tabcolsep}\hspace*{\fill}%
%     2%
%     \hspace*{\fill}%
%   & 10%
%   & \hspace*{\fill}%
%   \hbox to \@cellwidth{\hfill}%
%     \hspace*{\tabcolsep}\hspace*{\fill}\vline
%   & \hspace*{-\arrayrulewidth}\hspace*{\doublerulesep}%
%   & \vline\hspace*{\tabcolsep}\hspace*{\fill}%
%     5%
%     \hspace*{\fill}%
%   & 25%
%   & \hspace*{\fill}%
%   \hbox to \@cellwidth{\hfill}%
%     \hspace*{\tabcolsep}\hspace*{\fill}\vline\\
%   \cline{1-3} \cline{5-7}
%   \noalign{\vskip\arrayrulewidth}
%   \vline \hspace*{\tabcolsep}\hspace*{\fill}%
%     3%
%     \hspace*{\fill}%
%   & 15%
%   & \hspace*{\fill}%
%   \hbox to \@cellwidth{\hfill}%
%     \hspace*{\tabcolsep}\hspace*{\fill}\vline
%   & \hspace*{-\arrayrulewidth}\hspace*{\doublerulesep}%
%   & \vline\hspace*{\tabcolsep}\hspace*{\fill}%
%     Total:%
%     \hspace*{\fill}%
%   & 75%
%   & \hspace*{\fill}%
%   \hbox to \@cellwidth{\hfill}%
%   \hspace*{\tabcolsep}\hspace*{\fill}\vline\\
%   \cline{1-3} \cline{5-7}
%   \noalign{\vskip\arrayrulewidth}
% \end{tabular}
%--------------------------------------------------------------------
%--------------------------------------------------------------------
% Check that the number of cols is OK, and compute the number of rows:

\def\check@num@cols@v{%
  % We get here from \tbl@v@or@h.
  % We make sure the number of cols is between 1 and 10 (since we
  % can't handle more than 10 cols in a multicolumn table).
  % If it is, we go on to \@computenumrows@v
  \ifnum \value{num@cols} < 1\relax
    \ClassError{exam}{%
      The number of columns in a table must be positive.\MessageBreak
    }{%
      The number of columns must be a positive integer.\MessageBreak
    }%
    \fbox{\textbf{Error:} Multicolumn table with no columns!}%
  \else
    \ifnum \value{num@cols} > 10\relax
      \ClassError{exam}{%
        Multicolumn tables can have at most 10 columns.\MessageBreak
      }{%
        Multicolumn tables can have at most 10 columns.\MessageBreak
      }%
      \fbox{\textbf{Error:} Multicolumn table with more than 10 columns!}%
    \else
      \@computenumrows@v
    \fi
  \fi
}% check@num@cols@v

\def\@computenumrows@v{%
  % We get here from \check@num@cols@v.
  % Compute the number of rows.
  % First: set num@rows to one more than the number of either
  % (questions) or (pages with the appropriate type of points), to
  % have slots for the total along with the questions or page numbers:
  \iftbl@pgs
    \count@pgswpts{num@rows}%
    \addtocounter{num@rows}{1}%
  \else
    \setcounter{num@rows}{\last@pq@index}%
    \addtocounter{num@rows}{-\first@pq@index}%
    \addtocounter{num@rows}{2}%
  \fi
  % Save the number of slots needed, using pq@index@bpts as a scratch
  % counter, to check for truncation on division:
  \setcounter{pq@index@bpts}{\value{num@rows}}%
  % Divide the number of slots needed by num@cols:
  \divide \csname c@num@rows\endcsname by
    \csname c@num@cols\endcsname
  % Division truncates: See if there was truncation.
  % Use the counter @iterator as a scratch counter:
  \setcounter{@iterator}{\value{num@rows}}%
  \multiply \csname c@@iterator\endcsname by
    \csname c@num@cols\endcsname
  \ifnum \value{@iterator} < \value{pq@index@bpts}\relax
    % There was truncation; add one to num@rows:
    \addtocounter{num@rows}{1}%
  \fi
  \@multicolumntable
}% @computenumrows@v

%--------------------------------------------------------------------
% Construct the actual table:

\def\@multicolumntable{%
  % We get here from \@computenumrows@v.
  % Set \cline@stuff@v equal to the line of \cline's:
  \create@cline@stuff@v
  \renewcommand\arraystretch{\@gtblstretch}%
  \set@hlfcntr{tbl@points}{0}%
  \set@hlfcntr{tbl@bonuspoints}{0}%
  \if@combined
    \if@scores
      % combinedgradetable, possibly partial.
      % Note: We'll never use the final "c" in the format of the
      % tabular, but there's no harm in that. 
      \begin{tabular}{*{\value{num@cols}}{@{}c|c|c|c@{}c}}
      % We need to make sure that the \cline@stuff@v commands come
      % *immediately* following the \\ or \begin{tabular} (with no
      % conditionals evaluated, even if those conditionals expand to
      % the empty string)! 
      % Put in the row of column headings, with \cline@stuff@v above and
      % below:
      \cline@stuff@v  
      \setcounter{@iterator}{0}%
      \docolumn@heads@comb@v
      \\
      \cline@stuff@v
    \else
      % combinedpointtable, possibly partial.
      % Note: We'll never use the final "c" in the format of the
      % tabular, but there's no harm in that. 
      \begin{tabular}{*{\value{num@cols}}{@{}c|c|c@{}c}}
      % We need to make sure that the \cline@stuff@v commands come
      % *immediately* following the \\ or \begin{tabular} (with no
      % conditionals evaluated, even if those conditionals expand to
      % the empty string)! 
      % Put in the row of column headings, with \cline@stuff@v above and
      % below:
      \cline@stuff@v  
      \setcounter{@iterator}{0}%
      \docolumn@heads@comb@noscores@v
      \\
      \cline@stuff@v
    \fi
    % pq@index@pts will hold the question number (or page number) in
    % the first column of the row. 
    \setcounter{pq@index@pts}{\first@pq@index}%
    \iftbl@pgs
      % If we're indexed by pages, we need to make sure there are
      % points of the appropriate type on the first page listed:
      \addtocounter{pq@index@pts}{-1}%
      \find@nextpagewithpoints{pq@index@pts}%
    \fi
    \setcounter{current@row}{0}%
    \do@lines@v
  \else
    % It's not combined:
    \if@scores
      % Note: We'll never use the final "c" in the format of the
      % tabular, but there's no harm in that. 
      \begin{tabular}{*{\value{num@cols}}{@{}c|c|c@{}c}}
      % We need to make sure that the \cline@stuff@v commands come
      % *immediately* following the \\ or \begin{tabular} (with no
      % conditionals evaluated, even if those conditionals expand to
      % the empty string)! 
      % Put in the row of column headings, with \cline@stuff@v above and
      % below:
      \cline@stuff@v  
      \setcounter{@iterator}{0}%
      \docolumn@heads@v
      \\
      \cline@stuff@v
    \else
      % Note: We'll never use the final "c" in the format of the
      % tabular, but there's no harm in that. 
      \begin{tabular}{*{\value{num@cols}}{@{}c|c@{}c}}
      % We need to make sure that the \cline@stuff@v commands come
      % *immediately* following the \\ or \begin{tabular} (with no
      % conditionals evaluated, even if those conditionals expand to
      % the empty string)! 
      % Put in the row of column headings, with \cline@stuff@v above and
      % below:
      \cline@stuff@v  
      \setcounter{@iterator}{0}%
      \docolumn@heads@noscores@v
      \\
      \cline@stuff@v
    \fi
    % pq@index@pts will hold the question number (or page number) in
    % the first column of the row. 
    \setcounter{pq@index@pts}{\first@pq@index}%
    \iftbl@pgs
      % If we're indexed by pages, we need to make sure there are
      % points of the appropriate type on the first page listed:
      \addtocounter{pq@index@pts}{-1}%
      \find@nextpagewithpoints{pq@index@pts}%
    \fi
    \setcounter{current@row}{0}%
    \do@lines@v
  \fi
}% @multicolumntable

%--------------------------------------------------------------------
% \create@cline@stuff@v

% The function \create@cline@stuff@v defines \cline@stuff@v to be whatever's
% appropriate given the values of num@cols, \if@bonus, \if@combined, and
% \if@scores.

% We wimped out of generating \cline@stuff@v on the fly because we didn't
% see how to get the correct expansions/nonexpansions without using a
% primitive of e-TeX.

% \clines@ii@whatever is for tables in which a  logical column consists
% of two columns; it's used for pointtable and bonuspointtable.

\def\clines@ii@i{\cline{1-2}}
\def\clines@ii@ii{\cline{1-2} \cline{4-5}}
\def\clines@ii@iii{\cline{1-2} \cline{4-5} \cline{7-8}}
\def\clines@ii@iv{\cline{1-2} \cline{4-5} \cline{7-8} \cline{10-11}}
\def\clines@ii@v{\cline{1-2} \cline{4-5} \cline{7-8} \cline{10-11}
  \cline{13-14}}
\def\clines@ii@vi{\cline{1-2} \cline{4-5} \cline{7-8} \cline{10-11}
  \cline{13-14} \cline{16-17}}
\def\clines@ii@vii{\cline{1-2} \cline{4-5} \cline{7-8} \cline{10-11}
  \cline{13-14} \cline{16-17} \cline{19-20}}
\def\clines@ii@viii{\cline{1-2} \cline{4-5} \cline{7-8} \cline{10-11}
  \cline{13-14} \cline{16-17} \cline{19-20} \cline{22-23}}
\def\clines@ii@vix{\cline{1-2} \cline{4-5} \cline{7-8} \cline{10-11}
  \cline{13-14} \cline{16-17} \cline{19-20} \cline{22-23}
  \cline{25-26}}
\def\clines@ii@x{\cline{1-2} \cline{4-5} \cline{7-8} \cline{10-11}
  \cline{13-14} \cline{16-17} \cline{19-20} \cline{22-23}
  \cline{25-26} \cline{28-29}}

% \clines@iii@whatever is for tables in which a  logical column consists
% of three columns; it's are used for gradetable, bonusgradetable, and
% combinedpointtable:

\def\clines@iii@i{\cline{1-3}}
\def\clines@iii@ii{\cline{1-3} \cline{5-7}}
\def\clines@iii@iii{\cline{1-3} \cline{5-7} \cline{9-11}}
\def\clines@iii@iv{\cline{1-3} \cline{5-7} \cline{9-11} \cline{13-15}}
\def\clines@iii@v{\cline{1-3} \cline{5-7} \cline{9-11} \cline{13-15}
  \cline{17-19}}
\def\clines@iii@vi{\cline{1-3} \cline{5-7} \cline{9-11} \cline{13-15}
  \cline{17-19} \cline{21-23}}
\def\clines@iii@vii{\cline{1-3} \cline{5-7} \cline{9-11} \cline{13-15}
  \cline{17-19} \cline{21-23} \cline{25-27}}
\def\clines@iii@viii{\cline{1-3} \cline{5-7} \cline{9-11} \cline{13-15}
  \cline{17-19} \cline{21-23} \cline{25-27} \cline{29-31}}
\def\clines@iii@ix{\cline{1-3} \cline{5-7} \cline{9-11} \cline{13-15}
  \cline{17-19} \cline{21-23} \cline{25-27} \cline{29-31}
  \cline{33-35}}
\def\clines@iii@x{\cline{1-3} \cline{5-7} \cline{9-11} \cline{13-15}
  \cline{17-19} \cline{21-23} \cline{25-27} \cline{29-31}
  \cline{33-35} \cline{37-39}}


% \clines@iv@whatever is for tables in which a  logical column
% consists of four columns; it's used for combinedgradetable.

\def\clines@iv@i{\cline{1-4}}
\def\clines@iv@ii{\cline{1-4} \cline{6-9}}
\def\clines@iv@iii{\cline{1-4} \cline{6-9} \cline{11-14}}
\def\clines@iv@iv{\cline{1-4} \cline{6-9} \cline{11-14} \cline{16-19}}
\def\clines@iv@v{\cline{1-4} \cline{6-9} \cline{11-14} \cline{16-19}
  \cline{21-24}}
\def\clines@iv@vi{\cline{1-4} \cline{6-9} \cline{11-14} \cline{16-19}
  \cline{21-24} \cline{26-29}}
\def\clines@iv@vii{\cline{1-4} \cline{6-9} \cline{11-14} \cline{16-19}
  \cline{21-24} \cline{26-29} \cline{31-34}}
\def\clines@iv@viii{\cline{1-4} \cline{6-9} \cline{11-14} \cline{16-19}
  \cline{21-24} \cline{26-29} \cline{31-34} \cline{36-39}}
\def\clines@iv@ix{\cline{1-4} \cline{6-9} \cline{11-14} \cline{16-19}
  \cline{21-24} \cline{26-29} \cline{31-34} \cline{36-39}
  \cline{41-44}}
\def\clines@iv@x{\cline{1-4} \cline{6-9} \cline{11-14} \cline{16-19}
  \cline{21-24} \cline{26-29} \cline{31-34} \cline{36-39}
  \cline{41-44} \cline{46-49}}

% The definition of \cline ends with \noalign{\vskip-\arrayrulewidth},
% and so we want to throw in a \noalign{\vskip\arrayrulewidth} to
% cancel that.
\def\cline@correction{\noalign{\vskip\arrayrulewidth}}

\def\create@cline@stuff@v{%
  % Called by \@multicolumntable.
  \if@combined
    \if@scores
      \edef\cline@stuff@v{\expandafter\noexpand\csname
        clines@iv@\romannumeral \c@num@cols\endcsname
        \noexpand\cline@correction}%
    \else
      \edef\cline@stuff@v{\expandafter\noexpand\csname
        clines@iii@\romannumeral \c@num@cols\endcsname
        \noexpand\cline@correction}%
    \fi
  \else
    \if@scores
      \edef\cline@stuff@v{\expandafter\noexpand\csname
        clines@iii@\romannumeral \c@num@cols\endcsname
        \noexpand\cline@correction}%
    \else
      \edef\cline@stuff@v{\expandafter\noexpand\csname
        clines@ii@\romannumeral \c@num@cols\endcsname
        \noexpand\cline@correction}%
    \fi
  \fi
}% create@cline@stuff@v

%--------------------------------------------------------------------
% The various \docolumn@heads@something@v

\def\docolumn@heads@v{%
  % Called by \@multicolumntable.
  % multicolumngradetable or multicolumnbonusgradetable, possibly
  % partial.
  \vline \hspace*{\tabcolsep}\hspace*{\fill}%
    \iftbl@pgs
      \if@bonus
        \@bvpgword
      \else
        \@vpgword
      \fi
    \else
      \if@bonus
        \@bvqword
      \else
        \@vqword
      \fi
    \fi
    \hspace*{\fill}%
  & \if@bonus
      \@bvpword
    \else
      \@vpword
    \fi
  & \hspace*{\fill}%
    \if@bonus
      \@bvsword
    \else
      \@vsword
    \fi
    \hspace*{\tabcolsep}\hspace*{\fill}\vline
  \addtocounter{@iterator}{1}%
  \ifnum \value{@iterator} < \value{num@cols}\relax
    \hidden@ampersand
    \hspace*{-\arrayrulewidth}\hspace*{\doublerulesep}%
    \hidden@ampersand
    \let\nextdocolumn@heads@v=\docolumn@heads@v
  \else
    \let\nextdocolumn@heads@v=\relax
  \fi
  \nextdocolumn@heads@v
}% docolumn@heads@v

\def\docolumn@heads@noscores@v{%
  % Called by \@multicolumntable.
  % multicolumnpointtable or multicolumnbonuspointtable, possibly
  % partial.
  \vline \hspace*{\tabcolsep}\hspace*{\fill}%
    \iftbl@pgs
      \if@bonus
        \@bvpgword
      \else
        \@vpgword
      \fi
    \else
      \if@bonus
        \@bvqword
      \else
        \@vqword
      \fi
    \fi
    \hspace*{\fill}%
  & \hspace*{\fill}%
    \if@bonus
      \@bvpword
    \else
      \@vpword
    \fi
    \hspace*{\tabcolsep}\hspace*{\fill}\vline
  \addtocounter{@iterator}{1}%
  \ifnum \value{@iterator} < \value{num@cols}\relax
    \hidden@ampersand
    \hspace*{-\arrayrulewidth}\hspace*{\doublerulesep}%
    \hidden@ampersand
    \let\nextdocolumn@heads@noscores@v=\docolumn@heads@noscores@v
  \else
    \let\nextdocolumn@heads@noscores@v=\relax
  \fi
  \nextdocolumn@heads@noscores@v
}% docolumn@heads@noscores@v

\def\docolumn@heads@comb@v{%
  % Called by \@multicolumntable.
  % multicolumncombinedgradetable, possibly partial.
  \vline \hspace*{\tabcolsep}\hspace*{\fill}%
    \iftbl@pgs
      \@cvpgword
    \else
      \@cvqword
    \fi
    \hspace*{\fill}%
  & \@cvpword
  & \@cvbpword
  & \hspace*{\fill}%
    \@cvsword
    \hspace*{\tabcolsep}\hspace*{\fill}\vline
  \addtocounter{@iterator}{1}%
  \ifnum \value{@iterator} < \value{num@cols}\relax
    \hidden@ampersand
    \hspace*{-\arrayrulewidth}\hspace*{\doublerulesep}%
    \hidden@ampersand
    \let\nextdocolumn@heads@comb@v=\docolumn@heads@comb@v
  \else
    \let\nextdocolumn@heads@comb@v=\relax
  \fi
  \nextdocolumn@heads@comb@v
}% docolumn@heads@comb@v

\def\docolumn@heads@comb@noscores@v{%
  % Called by \@multicolumntable.
  % multicolumncombinedpointtable, possibly partial.
  \vline \hspace*{\tabcolsep}\hspace*{\fill}%
    \iftbl@pgs
      \@cvpgword
    \else
      \@cvqword
    \fi
    \hspace*{\fill}%
  & \@vpword
  & \hspace*{\fill}%
    \@bvpword
    \hspace*{\tabcolsep}\hspace*{\fill}\vline
  \addtocounter{@iterator}{1}%
  \ifnum \value{@iterator} < \value{num@cols}\relax
    \hidden@ampersand
    \hspace*{-\arrayrulewidth}\hspace*{\doublerulesep}%
    \hidden@ampersand
    \let\nextdocolumn@heads@comb@noscores@v=\docolumn@heads@comb@noscores@v
  \else
    \let\nextdocolumn@heads@comb@noscores@v=\relax
  \fi
  \nextdocolumn@heads@comb@noscores@v
}% docolumn@heads@comb@noscores@v

%--------------------------------------------------------------------
% \do@lines@v is used by *all* multicolumn tables.
% It calls \do@oneline@v for all non-combined tables and
% \do@oneline@comb@v for all combined tables.

\def\do@lines@v{%
  % We get here from \@multicolumntable.
  % ALL MULTICOLUMN TABLES!!!!
  % pq@index@pts holds the question number or page number in the first
  % column of the current row.
  \addtocounter{current@row}{1}%
  \setcounter{pq@index}{\value{pq@index@pts}}%
  \setcounter{cols@done}{0}% Number of columns done
  % We're doing both grade tables and point tables!!
  \if@combined
    \do@oneline@comb@v
  \else
    \do@oneline@v
  \fi
  \increment@index{pq@index@pts}%
  % We need the "\\ \cline@stuff@v" to *immediately* precede the
  % \end{tabular} (i.e., with no \ifnum separating them), to avoid
  % having crap after the \cline@stuff@v that
  % causes there to be an extra row at the end of the table.  We also
  % need there to be nothing between \\ and \cline@stuff@v.
  \ifnum \value{current@row} = \value{num@rows}\relax
    \\
    \cline@stuff@v
    \end{tabular}%
    \let\nextdo@lines@v=\relax
  \else
    \\
    \cline@stuff@v
    \let\nextdo@lines@v=\do@lines@v
  \fi
  \nextdo@lines@v
}% do@lines@v

\def\do@oneline@v{%
  % Called by \do@lines@v.
  % Used for all multicolumn non-combined tables.
  % pq@index holds the question or page number we're about to do.
  \ifnum \value{pq@index} > \last@pq@index\relax
    % See if we're in the last column; use pq@index@bpts as a scratch
    % counter: 
    \setcounter{pq@index@bpts}{\value{cols@done}}%
    \addtocounter{pq@index@bpts}{1}%
    \ifnum \value{pq@index@bpts} = \value{num@cols}\relax
      % We're in the last column; are we in the last row?
      \ifnum \value{current@row} = \value{num@rows}\relax
        % We're in the last column, last row!
        % Print the total:
        \vline \hspace*{\tabcolsep}\hspace*{\fill}%
          \if@bonus
            \@bvtword
          \else
            \@vtword
          \fi
          \hspace*{\fill}%
          \hidden@ampersand
        \if@scores
            \if@bonus
              \prt@tablebonuspoints
            \else
              \prt@tablepoints
            \fi
          \hidden@ampersand
            \hspace*{\fill}%
            \hbox to \@cellwidth{\hfill}%
            \hspace*{\tabcolsep}\hspace*{\fill}\vline
        \else
            \hspace*{\fill}%
            \if@bonus
              \prt@tablebonuspoints
            \else
              \prt@tablepoints
            \fi
            \hspace*{\tabcolsep}\hspace*{\fill}\vline
        \fi
      \else
        % Not last column last row; insert empty space:
        \vline \hspace*{\tabcolsep}\hspace*{\fill}%
          \hbox to \@cellwidth{\hfill}%
          \hspace*{\fill}%
        \if@scores
          \hidden@ampersand
            \hbox to \@cellwidth{\hfill}%
        \fi
        \hidden@ampersand
          \hspace*{\fill}%
          \hbox to \@cellwidth{\hfill}%
          \hspace*{\tabcolsep}\hspace*{\fill}\vline
      \fi
    \else
      % Not last column; insert empty space:
      \vline \hspace*{\tabcolsep}\hspace*{\fill}%
        \hbox to \@cellwidth{\hfill}%
        \hspace*{\fill}%
      \if@scores
        \hidden@ampersand
          \hbox to \@cellwidth{\hfill}%
      \fi
      \hidden@ampersand
        \hspace*{\fill}%
        \hbox to \@cellwidth{\hfill}%
        \hspace*{\tabcolsep}\hspace*{\fill}\vline
    \fi
  \else
    % We need to do question (or page) number pq@index:
    \vline \hspace*{\tabcolsep}\hspace*{\fill}%
      \refto@index{pq@index}%
      \hspace*{\fill}%
    \hidden@ampersand
      \if@scores
        \if@bonus
          \bonuspointsof@index{pq@index}%
          \addto@hlfcntr{tbl@bonuspoints}{\bonuspointsof@index{pq@index}}%
        \else
          \pointsof@index{pq@index}%
          \addto@hlfcntr{tbl@points}{\pointsof@index{pq@index}}%
        \fi
      \hidden@ampersand
        \hspace*{\fill}%
        \hbox to \@cellwidth{\hfill}%
        \hspace*{\tabcolsep}\hspace*{\fill}\vline
    \else
        \hspace*{\fill}%
        \if@bonus
          \bonuspointsof@index{pq@index}%
          \addto@hlfcntr{tbl@bonuspoints}{\bonuspointsof@index{pq@index}}%
        \else
          \pointsof@index{pq@index}%
          \addto@hlfcntr{tbl@points}{\pointsof@index{pq@index}}%
        \fi
        \hspace*{\tabcolsep}\hspace*{\fill}\vline
    \fi
  \fi
  \addtocounter{cols@done}{1}% Number of columns done
  \ifnum \value{cols@done} < \value{num@cols}\relax
    \hidden@ampersand
      \hspace*{-\arrayrulewidth}\hspace*{\doublerulesep}%
      \nextcolumn@index@v{pq@index}%
    \hidden@ampersand
      \let\nextdo@oneline@v=\do@oneline@v
  \else
    \let\nextdo@oneline@v=\relax
  \fi
  \nextdo@oneline@v
}% do@oneline@v

\def\do@oneline@comb@v{%
  % Called by \do@lines@v.
  % All combined multicolumn tables.
  % pq@index holds the question (or page) we're about to do.
  \ifnum \value{pq@index} > \last@pq@index\relax
    % See if we're in the last column; use pq@index@bpts as a scratch
    % counter: 
    \setcounter{pq@index@bpts}{\value{cols@done}}%
    \addtocounter{pq@index@bpts}{1}%
    \ifnum \value{pq@index@bpts} = \value{num@cols}\relax
      % We're in the last column; are we in the last row?
      \ifnum \value{current@row} = \value{num@rows}\relax
        % We're in the last column, last row!
        % Print the total:
        \vline \hspace*{\tabcolsep}\hspace*{\fill}%
          \@cvtword
          \hspace*{\fill}%
        \hidden@ampersand
          \prt@tablepoints
        \hidden@ampersand
        \if@scores
            \prt@tablebonuspoints
          \hidden@ampersand
            \hspace*{\fill}%
            \hbox to \@cellwidth{\hfill}%
            \hspace*{\tabcolsep}\hspace*{\fill}\vline
        \else
          \hspace*{\fill}%
          \prt@tablebonuspoints
          \hspace*{\tabcolsep}\hspace*{\fill}\vline
        \fi
      \else
        % Last column, but not last row; insert empty space:
        \vline \hspace*{\tabcolsep}\hspace*{\fill}%
          \hbox to \@cellwidth{\hfill}%
          \hspace*{\fill}%
        \hidden@ampersand
          \hbox to \@cellwidth{\hfill}%
        \if@scores
          \hidden@ampersand
            \hbox to \@cellwidth{\hfill}%
        \fi
        \hidden@ampersand
          \hspace*{\fill}%
          \hbox to \@cellwidth{\hfill}%
          \hspace*{\tabcolsep}\hspace*{\fill}\vline
      \fi
    \else
      % Not last column; insert empty space:
      \vline \hspace*{\tabcolsep}\hspace*{\fill}%
        \hbox to \@cellwidth{\hfill}%
        \hspace*{\fill}%
      \hidden@ampersand
        \hbox to \@cellwidth{\hfill}%
      \if@scores
        \hidden@ampersand
          \hbox to \@cellwidth{\hfill}%
      \fi
      \hidden@ampersand
        \hspace*{\fill}%
        \hbox to \@cellwidth{\hfill}%
        \hspace*{\tabcolsep}\hspace*{\fill}\vline
    \fi
  \else
    % We need to do question number pq@index:
    \vline \hspace*{\tabcolsep}\hspace*{\fill}%
      \refto@index{pq@index}%
      \hspace*{\fill}%
    \hidden@ampersand
      \pointsof@index{pq@index}%
      \addto@hlfcntr{tbl@points}{\pointsof@index{pq@index}}%
    \hidden@ampersand
    \if@scores
        \bonuspointsof@index{pq@index}%
        \addto@hlfcntr{tbl@bonuspoints}{\bonuspointsof@index{pq@index}}%
      \hidden@ampersand
        \hspace*{\fill}%
        \hbox to \@cellwidth{\hfill}%
        \hspace*{\tabcolsep}\hspace*{\fill}\vline
    \else
      \hspace*{\fill}%
      \bonuspointsof@index{pq@index}%
      \addto@hlfcntr{tbl@bonuspoints}{\bonuspointsof@index{pq@index}}%
      \hspace*{\tabcolsep}\hspace*{\fill}\vline
    \fi
  \fi
  \addtocounter{cols@done}{1}% Number of columns done
  \ifnum \value{cols@done} < \value{num@cols}\relax
    \hidden@ampersand
    \hspace*{-\arrayrulewidth}\hspace*{\doublerulesep}%
    \nextcolumn@index@v{pq@index}%
    \hidden@ampersand
    \let\nextdo@oneline@comb@v=\do@oneline@comb@v
  \else
    \let\nextdo@oneline@comb@v=\relax
  \fi
  \nextdo@oneline@comb@v
}% do@oneline@comb@v

%--------------------------------------------------------------------
% \find@nextpagewithpoints and \find@nextcolumnpage@v:

\def\find@nextpagewithpoints#1{%
  % Called by \dofind@nextcolumnpage@v, \increment@index, and
  % \@multicolumntable.
  % The argument #1 should be the name of a counter with a nonnegative
  % value.
  % We increase #1 by at least 1 to either the number of the
  % next page containing the appropriate kind of points, or to something
  % greater than \tbl@lastp. 
  \addtocounter{#1}{1}%
  \if@combined
    \set@hlfcntr{tmp@hlfcntr}{\pointsonpage{\value{#1}}}%
    \addto@hlfcntr{tmp@hlfcntr}{\bonuspointsonpage{\value{#1}}}%
    % The sum is positive when at least one of them is positive.
  \else
    \if@bonus
      \set@hlfcntr{tmp@hlfcntr}{\bonuspointsonpage{\value{#1}}}%
    \else
      \set@hlfcntr{tmp@hlfcntr}{\pointsonpage{\value{#1}}}%
    \fi
  \fi
  \ifhlfcntr@pos{tmp@hlfcntr}%
    \let\nextfind@nextpagewithpoints=\relax
  \else
    \ifnum \value{#1} > \tbl@lastp\relax
      \let\nextfind@nextpagewithpoints=\relax
    \else
      \def\nextfind@nextpagewithpoints{\find@nextpagewithpoints{#1}}%
    \fi
  \fi
  \nextfind@nextpagewithpoints
}% find@nextpagewithpoints

\def\find@nextcolumnpage@v#1{%
  % Called by \nextcolumn@index@v.
  % This is used for all multicolumn tables that are indexed by
  % pages.
  % We use \find@nextpagewithpoints to increment #1 to either
  % the (num@rows)'th page number after #1 that contains the
  % appropriate kind of points or to a value greater than \tbl@lastp.
  % We use pq@index@bpts as a scratch counter.
  \setcounter{pq@index@bpts}{0}%
  \dofind@nextcolumnpage@v{#1}%
}% find@nextcolumnpage@v
\def\dofind@nextcolumnpage@v#1{%
  % Called only by \find@nextcolumnpage@v.
  \addtocounter{pq@index@bpts}{1}%
  \find@nextpagewithpoints{#1}%
  \ifnum \value{pq@index@bpts} = \value{num@rows}\relax
    \let\nextdofind@nextcolumnpage@v=\relax
  \else
    % The following test shouldn't be needed, in theory, because the
    % computation of num@cols should prevent trouble, but we're being
    % paranoid.
    \ifnum \value{#1} > \tbl@lastp\relax
      \let\nextdofind@nextcolumnpage@v=\relax
    \else
      % Note: this is a \def, and not a \let, because we need to put
      % in the argument #1:
      \def\nextdofind@nextcolumnpage@v{\dofind@nextcolumnpage@v{#1}}%
    \fi
  \fi
  \nextdofind@nextcolumnpage@v
}% dofind@nextcolumnpage@v

%--------------------------------------------------------------------
% \pointsinrange and \bonuspointsinrange, and then
% \firstqinrange, \lastqinrange, and \numqinrange.


% We say either \@bonusfalse or \@bonustrue, and then we check it only
% in \do@countloop:
\def\pointsinrange#1{%
  \@bonusfalse
  \def\tbl@range{#1}%
  \@ifundefined{exam@numpoints}%
    {\mbox{\normalfont\bfseries ??}}%
    {\read@range}%
}% pointsinrange

\def\bonuspointsinrange#1{%
  \@bonustrue
  \def\tbl@range{#1}%
  \@ifundefined{exam@numpoints}%
    {\mbox{\normalfont\bfseries ??}}%
    {\read@range}%
}% bonuspointsinrange

\def\bad@range{%
  % Called by \read@range, \firstqinrange, \lastqinrange, and
  % \numqinrange.
  {\mbox{\normalfont\bfseries ??}}%
  \ClassWarning{exam}{%
    Grading range `\tbl@range' not defined.\MessageBreak
    \space\space Run LaTeX again.\MessageBreak
  }%
}% bad@range

\def\read@range{%
  % Called by \pointsinrange and \bonuspointsinrange.
  \@ifundefined{range@\tbl@range @firstq}%
  {%
    \bad@range
  }%
  {%
    \@ifundefined{range@\tbl@range @lastq}%
    {%
      \bad@range
    }%
    {%
      \edef\tbl@firstq{\csname range@\tbl@range @firstq\endcsname}%
      \edef\tbl@lastq{\csname range@\tbl@range @lastq\endcsname}%
      % Check that firstq precedes or equals lastq:
      \ifnum \tbl@firstq > \tbl@lastq\relax
        \fbox{\textbf{Error:} Grading Range `\tbl@range ':
          Last question precedes first question.}%
        \ClassError{exam}{%
          In grading range `\tbl@range ',
          the last question\MessageBreak
          \space\space comes before the first question.\MessageBreak
        }{%
          \string\begingradingrange \space must precede
          \string\endgradingrange \space by at
          least one question.\MessageBreak
        }%
      \else
        \count@pointsinrange
      \fi
    }%
  }%
}% read@range

\def\count@pointsinrange{%
  % Used for both \pointsinrange and \bonuspointsinrange:
  \set@hlfcntr{tbl@points}{0}%
  \setcounter{@iterator}{\tbl@firstq}%
  \addtocounter{@iterator}{-1}\do@countloop
  \prt@hlfcntr{tbl@points}%
}% count@pointsinrange
\def\do@countloop{%
  % We check \if@bonus here when needed:
  \addtocounter{@iterator}{1}%
  \if@bonus
    \@ifundefined{bonuspointsofq@\romannumeral \c@@iterator}%
      {}%
      {\addto@hlfcntr{tbl@points}
         {\csname bonuspointsofq@\romannumeral \c@@iterator\endcsname}}%
  \else
    \@ifundefined{pointsofq@\romannumeral \c@@iterator}%
      {}%
      {\addto@hlfcntr{tbl@points}
         {\csname pointsofq@\romannumeral \c@@iterator\endcsname}}%
  \fi
  \ifnum \value{@iterator} < \tbl@lastq\relax
    \let\next@countloop=\do@countloop
  \else
    \let\next@countloop=\relax
  \fi
  \next@countloop
}% do@countloop

%--------------------------------------------------------------------
% \firstqinrange, \lastqinrange, and \numqinrange.

\newcommand{\firstqinrange}[1]{%
  \def\tbl@range{#1}%
  \@ifundefined{range@\tbl@range @firstq}%
  {\bad@range}%
  {\csname range@#1@firstq\endcsname}%
}% firstqinrange

\newcommand{\lastqinrange}[1]{%
  \def\tbl@range{#1}%
  \@ifundefined{range@\tbl@range @lastq}%
  {\bad@range}%
  {\csname range@#1@lastq\endcsname}%
}% lastqinrange

\newcommand{\numqinrange}[1]{%
  \def\tbl@range{#1}%
  \@ifundefined{range@#1@firstq}%
  {%
    \bad@range
  }%
  {%
    \@ifundefined{range@#1@lastq}%
    {%
      \bad@range
    }%
    {%
      \setcounter{@iterator}{\csname range@#1@lastq\endcsname}%
      \addtocounter{@iterator}{-\csname range@#1@firstq\endcsname}%
      \stepcounter{@iterator}%
      \arabic{@iterator}%
    }%
  }%
}% numqinrange


%--------------------------------------------------------------------
%--------------------------------------------------------------------
%
%                     ***************************
%                     ** SOLUTION ENVIRONMENTS **
%                     ***************************



% If the documentclass options include ``answers'', then the command
% \printanswerstrue is given at the beginning of the run.

% If the documentclass options include ``noanswers'', then the command
% \printanswersfalse is given at the beginning of the run.

\def\printanswers{\printanswerstrue}
\def\noprintanswers{\printanswersfalse}

% If the documentclass options include ``cancelspace'', then the
% command \cancelspacetrue is given at the beginning of the run.

% If the documentclass options include ``nocancelspace'', then the
% command \cancelspacefalse is given at the beginning of the run.

\def\cancelspace{\cancelspacetrue}
\def\nocancelspace{\cancelspacefalse}

% \if@insolution will be true while we're inside of any of the
% solution environments.  This is used to supress \PgInfo@write and
% \label commands generated if there's a parts (or subparts, or
% subsubparts) environment inside of a solution.  (It won't suppress
% the labels for the question objects, since a question object is
% never a label that's been used before.)
\newif\if@insolution
\@insolutionfalse

\newcommand\SolutionEmphasis[1]{%
  \def\Solution@Emphasis{#1}%
}
\SolutionEmphasis{}

% If printanswers is true, we print the solution using a TheSolution
% environment.  If printanswers is false and cancelspace is false, we
% insert blank vertical space equal to the optional argument (the
% default value of which is 0pt).
\newenvironment{solution}[1][0pt]%
  {%
    \@insolutiontrue % cancelled by the end of the environment
    \@addpointsfalse % cancelled by the end of the environment
    \ifprintanswers
      \begingroup
      \Solution@Emphasis
      \begin{TheSolution}%
    \else
      \ifcancelspace
        % Do nothing
      \else
        \par
        \penalty 0
        \vspace*{#1}%
      \fi
      \setbox\z@\vbox\bgroup
    \fi
  }{%
    \ifprintanswers
      \end{TheSolution}%
      \endgroup
    \else
      \egroup
    \fi
  }%

% If printanswers is true, we print the solution using a TheSolution
% environment.  If printanswers is false and cancelspace is false,
% we insert an empty box of width the current line width and of
% height equal to the optional argument, which can be a length, or
% \fill, or \stretch{number}.  If the optional argument is omitted,
% then the box is entirely omitted when printanswers is false.
\newenvironment{solutionorbox}[1][-1pt]%
  {%
    \@insolutiontrue % cancelled by the end of the environment
    \@addpointsfalse % cancelled by the end of the environment
    \ifprintanswers
      \begingroup
      \Solution@Emphasis
      \begin{TheSolution}%
    \else
      \ifcancelspace
        % Do nothing
      \else
        \par
        % Note: It's important that the following test be
        % ``\ifdim 0pt > #1'' rather than ``\ifdim #1 < 0pt''
        % That's because if the user says
        % ``\begin{solutionorbox}{\stretch{1}}''
        % (or \stretch{anythingelse}), then this will expand to
        % ``\ifdim 0pt > \z@ plus 1fill\relax''.
        % The \ifdim will be ``\ifdim 0pt > \z@'', and we'll have
        % ``plus 1fill\relax'' left over.  This is OK because if the
        % \ifdim is false, that leftover stuff will be ignored,
        % and it will only be true if the user omitted the optional
        % argument, in which case there's no \stretch and thus no
        % left over part.
        % If we said ``\ifdim #1 < 0pt'', then we'd get an error
        % when the user used \stretch, since the leftover stuff
        % would appear when TeX was looking for <, =, or >.
        \ifdim 0pt > #1
          % do nothing
        \else
          \makeemptybox{#1}%
        \fi
      \fi
      \setbox\z@\vbox\bgroup
    \fi
  }{%
    \ifprintanswers
      \end{TheSolution}%
      \endgroup
    \else
      \egroup
    \fi
  }%
  
% If printanswers is true, we print the solution using a TheSolution
% environment.  If printanswers is false and cancelspace is false,
% we insert lined vertical space equal to the optional argument (the
% default value of which is 0pt).
\newenvironment{solutionorlines}[1][0pt]%
  {%
    \@insolutiontrue % cancelled by the end of the environment
    \@addpointsfalse % cancelled by the end of the environment
    \ifprintanswers
      \begingroup
      \Solution@Emphasis
      \begin{TheSolution}%
    \else
      \ifcancelspace
        % Do nothing
      \else
        \par
        \penalty 0
        \fillwithlines{#1}%
      \fi
      \setbox\z@\vbox\bgroup
    \fi
  }{%
    \ifprintanswers
      \end{TheSolution}%
      \endgroup
    \else
      \egroup
    \fi
  }%
  
% If printanswers is true, we print the solution using a TheSolution
% environment.  If printanswers is false and cancelspace is false,
% we insert dotted lined vertical space equal to the optional
% argument (the default value of which is 0pt).
\newenvironment{solutionordottedlines}[1][0pt]%
  {%
    \@insolutiontrue % cancelled by the end of the environment
    \@addpointsfalse % cancelled by the end of the environment
    \ifprintanswers
      \begingroup
      \Solution@Emphasis
      \begin{TheSolution}%
    \else
      \ifcancelspace
        % Do nothing
      \else
        \par
        \penalty 0
        \fillwithdottedlines{#1}%
      \fi
      \setbox\z@\vbox\bgroup
    \fi
  }{%
    \ifprintanswers
      \end{TheSolution}%
      \endgroup
    \else
      \egroup
    \fi
  }%

% If printanswers is true, we print the solution using a TheSolution
% environment.  If printanswers is false and cancelspace is false,
% we insert a grid occupying vertically the optional argument (the
% default value of which is 0pt).
\newenvironment{solutionorgrid}[1][0pt]%
  {%
    \@insolutiontrue % cancelled by the end of the environment
    \@addpointsfalse % cancelled by the end of the environment
    \ifprintanswers
      \begingroup
      \Solution@Emphasis
      \begin{TheSolution}%
    \else
      \ifcancelspace
        % Do nothing
      \else
        \par
        \penalty 0
        \fillwithgrid{#1}%
      \fi
      \setbox\z@\vbox\bgroup
    \fi
  }{%
    \ifprintanswers
      \end{TheSolution}%
      \endgroup
    \else
      \egroup
    \fi
  }%


% The environment TheSolution is called from the solution,
% solutionorbox, solutionorlines, solutionordottedlines, and
% solutionorgrid environments when printanswers is true.  It uses
% Donald Arseneau's framed.sty macros (included at the end of this
% file) to allow the solution to be broken across pages and have each
% piece enclosed in an fbox (or a colorbox, if the user has given the
% command \shadedsolutions), (or no box at all, if the user has given
% the command \unframedsolutions).

% Of course, the user can change TheSolution with a \renewenvironment
% command.
\newcommand{\solutiontitle}{\noindent\textbf{Solution:}\enspace}
\newenvironment{TheSolution}%
  {%
    \vspace{\parskip}%
    % If we don't set \leftskip and \rightskip to 0pt, then if we
    % appear inside of an \uplevel command we'd have indentation
    % inside of the solution box:
    \leftskip=0pt
    \rightskip=0pt
    % If the user said \unframedsolutions, then both
    % \if@framedsolutions and \if@shadedsolutions are false:
    \if@framedsolutions
      % We'll use the default \FrameCommand
    \else
      \if@shadedsolutions
        \def\FrameCommand{\colorbox{SolutionColor}}%
      \else
        % It's \unframedsolutions:
        \def\FrameCommand{}%
      \fi
    \fi
    \MakeFramed{\advance\hsize-\width}%
    \solutiontitle
    \ignorespaces
  }%
  {%
    \unskip
    \endMakeFramed
  }%

\newif\if@framedsolutions
\@framedsolutionstrue
\newif\if@shadedsolutions
\@shadedsolutionsfalse
% If the user said \unframedsolutions, then both
% \if@framedsolutions and \if@shadedsolutions are false.

\def\framedsolutions{\@framedsolutionstrue\@shadedsolutionsfalse}
\def\shadedsolutions{%
  \@ifundefined{definecolor}
  {%
    \ClassError{exam}{%
      You must load the color package with the command\MessageBreak
      \space\space\protect\usepackage{color}\MessageBreak
      in order to use the command \protect\shadedsolutions
      \MessageBreak
      }{%
      This command makes use of the package color.sty,\MessageBreak
      and so you have to load color.sty before your\MessageBreak
      \protect\begin{document} command.\MessageBreak
      }%
  }%
  {%
    \definecolor{SolutionColor}{gray}{0.8}
    \@shadedsolutionstrue
    \@framedsolutionsfalse
  }%
}
\def\unframedsolutions{\@framedsolutionsfalse\@shadedsolutionsfalse}


% The solutionbox environment is different from the other solution
% environments (solution, solutionorbox, solutionorlines,
% solutionordottedlines, and solutionorgrid), in that
%
%   (1) The box is always printed, whether answers are being printed
%   or not.
%
%   (2) The argument giving the size of the box is a required
%   argument, not an optional argument, and so it should be enclosed
%   in braces, not in brackets.  It can be either a length or
%   \stretch{number}.
%
%   (3) We make no use of the TheSolution environment; the solutionbox
%   environment is completely freestanding.
%
% If answers are not being printed then only the box is printed, with
% nothing in it.  If answers are being printed, then the solution is
% printed inside of the box.
%
% Note: It's the user's responsibility to be sure that the box is
% large enough to hold the solution!  If the solution takes up too
% much vertical space, then it will spill out of the bottom of the
% box, overwriting whatever follows the box.

% 2016/02/08: The solutionbox frame can now be printed in color, as
% long as you load color.sty in the preamble.
%
%  Usage: Say
%
% \usepackage{color}
%
% in the preamble, and then give the command
%
%   \colorsolutionboxes
%
% to have the frame around a solutionbox in color.  The default color
% was created by the command
%
%     \definecolor{SolutionBoxColor}{gray}{0.8}
%
% and you can change the color by giving a new \definecolor command
% (which must be done *after* the \colorsolutionboxes command).
%
% To cancel color solutionbox frames and return to black, give the
% command
%
%   \nocolorsolutionboxes

\newif\if@colorsolutionboxes
\@colorsolutionboxesfalse
\def\colorsolutionboxes{%
  \@ifundefined{definecolor}
  {%
    \ClassError{exam}{%
      You must load the color package with the command\MessageBreak
      \space\space\protect\usepackage{color}\MessageBreak
      in order to use the command \protect\colorsolutionboxes
      \MessageBreak
      }{%
      This command makes use of the package color.sty,\MessageBreak
      and so you have to load color.sty before your\MessageBreak
      \protect\begin{document} command.\MessageBreak
      }%
  }%
  {%
    \definecolor{SolutionBoxColor}{gray}{0.8}
    \@colorsolutionboxestrue
  }%
}
\def\nocolorsolutionboxes{\@colorsolutionboxesfalse}

\newbox\exam@box
\newenvironment{solutionbox}[1]{%
  \@insolutiontrue % cancelled by the end of the environment
  \@addpointsfalse % cancelled by the end of the environment
  \def\solutionbox@size{#1}% saved for end of environment
% Change, 2016/02/08: So that the solutionbox environment will work
% correctly inside of a tabular environment, we use \hsize instead of
% \textwidth:
%  \@tempdima=\textwidth
  \@tempdima=\hsize
  \advance\@tempdima -\@totalleftmargin
  \advance\@tempdima -6\fboxsep
  \advance\@tempdima -2\fboxrule
  % Confine the \Solution@Emphasis, as well as anything the user puts
  % into the solution (e.g., \color{red}, or whatever); don't say
  % \endgroup until after using \box\exam@box:
  \begingroup 
    \Solution@Emphasis
    % We save the solution in a box of the proper width.  We'll either
    % print it (if we're printing solutions) or throw it away by just
    % not using it before the environment ends:
    \setbox\exam@box=\vtop\bgroup
      \hsize=\@tempdima
      \leftskip=0pt
      \rightskip=0pt
      \vskip 2\fboxsep
% Change, 2016/05/09: We change \@totalleftmargin and \linewidth in
% case there are enumerate, itemize, or description environments
% inside the solution:
      \@totalleftmargin=0pt
      \linewidth=\hsize
      \solutiontitle
      \ignorespaces
  }%
  {%
    \unskip
    \egroup
    % OK, the solution is now inside \box\exam@box.
    % Set the height and depth to 0pt, so that if we use it we won't
    % be advancing our position on the page:
    \ht\exam@box=0pt
    \dp\exam@box=0pt
    \par
    \vspace{\parskip}
    \ifprintanswers
      % We enclose the \vtop in an \hbox to avoid having the
      % indentation of the enclosing list environment (implemented via
      % \parshape) shift us to the right when we enter horizontal
      % mode.  If we don't use this \hbox, then we'd have to comment
      % out the \hskip \@totalleftmargin:
      % 2016/02/08: Changed \textwidth to \hsize:
      \hbox to \hsize{%
        \noindent
        \hskip\@totalleftmargin
        \hskip3\fboxsep\hskip\fboxrule
        \box\exam@box\hfill
      }%
      \par\nointerlineskip
    \fi
  \endgroup % Finish confining the \Solution@Emphasis
% Starting in version 2.502, 2016/03/23,the decision of whether to
% color the box is made in the \makeemptybox command:
  \makeemptybox{\solutionbox@size}
  }% End of the second argument of \newenvironment{solutionbox}


%--------------------------------------------------------------------
%--------------------------------------------------------------------
% Added in version 2.502: 2016/03/23, \colorfbox

% The \colorfbox command is used in our modification of framed.sty
% that allows us to print the frame around the solution in color when
% the user has given the command \colorsolutionboxes.  It takes two
% arguments, the first being the color for the frame, and the second
% being the stuff to be framed.

% If we had assumed that color.sty was used (instead of just color.sty),
% then the line that saves the current color in saved@color could have
% been just

%   \colorlet{saved@color}{.}

% but we wanted to make this work even if color.sty is being used.

% When you define a color mycolor using either color.sty or
% xcolor.sty, a macro \csname\string\color@ mycolor\endcsname is
% defined (i.e., the macro name is \\color@mycolor).
\newcommand{\colorfbox}[2]{%
  % Save the current color in saved@color:
  \expandafter\let\csname\string\color@saved@color\endcsname\current@color
  % Create the box in color #1, with the text in saved@color
  % (the braces are to confine the color change commands):
  {\color{#1}\fbox{\color{saved@color}#2}}%
}% colorfbox

%--------------------------------------------------------------------
%--------------------------------------------------------------------

% The following stuff is lifted from:
%
% framed.sty   v 0.8a   21-Jul-2003
% Copyright (C) 1992-2003 by Donald Arseneau
% These macros may be freely transmitted, reproduced, or modified
% provided that this notice is left intact.
%
% The modifications I made are marked with ``psh'' in a comment:
% 
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
% Create framed or shaded regions that can break across pages using 
% \begin{framed} ... \end{framed}    -- ordinary frame box (box at margin)
% \begin{shaded} ... \end{shaded}    -- shaded background (into margin)
%    ... leftbar ...                 -- line on left side
% \begin{MakeFramed}{settings} ... \end{MakeFramed}
%                        -- generic frame (for new environments)
%
% The "framed" environment puts the text into "\fbox" with the
% settings "\fboxrule=\FrameRule" and "\fboxsep=\FrameSep".
% You can change these lengths (using "\setlength") and you
% can even change the definition of "\FrameCommand" to use
% much fancier boxes.
%
% In fact, the "shaded" environment just redefines "\FrameCommand"
% to use "\colorbox{shadecolor}" (and you have to define the
% color "shadecolor": \newcolor{shadecolor}...).
%
% A page break is allowed, and even encouraged, before the framed
% environment.  If you want to attach some text (a box title) to the
% frame, then the text should be inserted by \FrameCommand
%
% The contents of the framed regions are restricted: 
% Floats, footnotes, marginpars and head-line entries will be lost.
% (Some of these may be handled in a later version.)
% This package will not work with the page breaking of multicol.sty,
% or other systems that perform column-balancing.
%
% The MakeFramed environment does the work.  Its "settings" argument
% should contain any adjustments to the text width (applied to \hsize,
% and using the "\width" of the frame itself) as well as a `restore' 
% command -- \@parboxrestore or \FrameRestore or something similar.
% 
% Expert commands:
% \MakeFramed, \endMakeFramed: the "MakeFramed" environment
% \FrameCommand: command to draw the frame around its argument
% \FrameRestore: restore some text settings, but fewer than \@parboxrestore
% \FrameRule: length register; \fboxrule for default "framed".
% \FrameSep: length register; \fboxsep for default "framed".
% \FrameHeightAdjust: macro; height of frame above baseline at top of page
% 
% This is still a `pre-production' version because I can think of many
% features/improvements that should be made.  Nevertheless, starting 
% with version 0.5 it should be bug-free.
%
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

%psh: Commented out \ProvidesPackage:
%\ProvidesPackage{framed}[2003/07/21 v 0.8a: 
%   framed or shaded text with page breaks]

%psh: Created \saved@totalleftmargin and \@sollistdepth:
\newdimen\saved@totalleftmargin
\newcount\@sollistdepth

\newenvironment{framed}% using default \FrameCommand
  {\MakeFramed {\advance\hsize-\width \FrameRestore}}%
  {\endMakeFramed}

\newenvironment{shaded}{%
  \def\FrameCommand{\colorbox{shadecolor}}%
  \MakeFramed {\FrameRestore}}%
 {\endMakeFramed}

\newenvironment{leftbar}{%
  \def\FrameCommand{\vrule width 3pt \hspace{10pt}}%
  \MakeFramed {\advance\hsize-\width \FrameRestore}}%
 {\endMakeFramed}

\chardef\FrameRestore=\catcode`\| % for debug
\catcode`\|=\catcode`\% % (debug: insert space after backslash)

\def\MakeFramed#1{\par
 % measure added width and height; call result \width and \height
 \setbox\z@\vbox{\vskip-1in \hbox{\hskip-1in 
   \FrameCommand{\hbox{\vrule \@height .7in \@depth.3in \@width 1in}}}%
   \vskip\z@skip}%
 \def\width{\wd\z@}\def\height{\ht\z@}%
 \edef\fb@frw{\the\width}\edef\fb@frh{\the\height}%
 % insert pre-penalties and skips
 \begingroup
 \skip@\lastskip
 \if@nobreak\else 
    \penalty9999 % updates \page parameters
    \ifdim\pagefilstretch=\z@ \ifdim\pagefillstretch=\z@
       \edef\@tempa{\the\skip@}%
       \ifx\@tempa\zero@glue \penalty-30
       \else \vskip-\skip@ \penalty-30 \vskip\skip@
    \fi\fi\fi
    \penalty\z@
    % Give a stretchy breakpoint that will always be taken in preference
    % to the \penalty 9999 used to update page parameters.  The cube root
    % of 10000/100 indicates a multiplier of 0.21545, but the maximum 
    % calculated badness is really 8192, not 10000, so the multiplier
    % is 0.2301. 
    \advance\skip@ \z@ plus-.5\baselineskip
    \advance\skip@ \z@ plus-.231\height
    \advance\skip@ \z@ plus-.231\skip@
    \advance\skip@ \z@ plus-.231\topsep
    \vskip-\skip@ \penalty 1800 \vskip\skip@
 \fi
 \addvspace{\topsep}%
 \endgroup
 % clear out pending page break
 \penalty\@M \vskip 2\baselineskip \vskip\height
 \penalty9999 \vskip -2\baselineskip \vskip-\height
 \penalty9999 % updates \pagetotal
|\message{After clearout, \pagetotal=\the\pagetotal, \pagegoal=\the\pagegoal. }%
 \fb@adjheight 
%psh: Added commands:
  \advance\hsize-\@totalleftmargin
  \saved@totalleftmargin=\@totalleftmargin
  \@totalleftmargin=0pt
  \parshape 0
  \let\@listdepth=\@sollistdepth
  \@sollistdepth=0
  \leftmargin=0pt
%psh: end of added commands
 \setbox\@tempboxa\vbox\bgroup
   #1% Modifications to \hsize (can use \width and \height)
   \textwidth\hsize \columnwidth\hsize
%psh: added one line:
   \linewidth=\hsize
}

\def\endMakeFramed{\par
     \kern\z@ \penalty-100 % put depth into height
 \egroup
 \begingroup \put@frame \endgroup
%psh: Added one line:
 \@totalleftmargin=\saved@totalleftmargin
}

% \put@frame takes the contents of \@tempboxa and puts all, or a piece,
% of it on the page with a frame (\FrameCommand).  It recurses until
% all of \@tempboxa has been used up. (\@tempboxa must have zero depth.)

\def\put@frame{\relax
 \ifdim\pagegoal=\maxdimen \pagegoal\vsize \fi
|   \message{=============== Entering putframe ====================^^J
|     \pagegoal=\the\pagegoal,  \pagetotal=\the\pagetotal. }%
 \ifinner \else
    \dimen@\pagegoal \advance\dimen@-\pagetotal % natural space left on page
  \ifdim\dimen@<2\baselineskip 
|   \message{Page has only \the\dimen@\space room left; eject. }%
    \eject \fb@adjheight \put@frame
  \else % there's appreciable room left on the page
|    \message{\string\pagetotal=\the\pagetotal,
|        \string\pagegoal=\the\pagegoal, 
|        \string\pagestretch=\the\pagestretch,
|        \string\pageshrink=\the\pageshrink,
|        \string\fb@frh=\fb@frh. \space}
|    \message{Box of size \the\ht\@tempboxa\space + \fb@frh}%
     \begingroup % temporarily set \dimen@ to be...
     \advance\dimen@.8\pageshrink  % maximum space available on page
     \advance\dimen@-\fb@frh\relax % space available for frame's contents
     \expandafter\endgroup
     % restore \dimen@ to real room left on page
     \ifdim\dimen@>\ht\@tempboxa % whole box does fit
|       \message{fits in \the\dimen@. }%
     \else % box must be split
|       \message{must be split to fit in \the\dimen@. }%
        \setbox\@tempboxa\vbox{% simulate frame and flexiblity of the page:
           \vskip \fb@frh \@plus\pagestretch \@minus.8\pageshrink
           \kern137sp\kern-137sp\penalty-30
           \unvbox\@tempboxa}%
        \edef\fb@resto@set{\boxmaxdepth\the\boxmaxdepth \splittopskip\the\splittopskip}%
        \boxmaxdepth\z@ \splittopskip\z@
        \setbox\tw@\vsplit\@tempboxa to\dimen@
        \setbox\tw@\vbox{\unvbox\tw@}% natural-sized
|       \message{Box of size \the\ht\@tempboxa\space split to \the\dimen@. 
|          Natural height of split box is \the\ht\tw@. }%
        % If the split-to size > (\vsize-\topskip), then set box to full size
        \begingroup
          \advance\dimen@\topskip
          \expandafter\endgroup
        \ifdim\dimen@>\pagegoal
|         \message{Frame is big -- Use up the full column. }%
          \dimen@ii\pagegoal
          \advance\dimen@ii -\topskip
          \advance\dimen@ii \FrameHeightAdjust\relax
        \else  % suspect this is wrong:
          % If the split-to size > feasible room_on_page, rebox it smaller.
          \advance\dimen@.8\pageshrink
          \ifdim\ht\tw@>\dimen@
|           \message{Box too tall; rebox it to \the\dimen@. }%
            \dimen@ii\dimen@
          \else % use natural size
            \dimen@ii\ht\tw@
          \fi
        \fi
        % Re-box contents to desired size \dimen@ii
        \advance\dimen@ii -\fb@frh
        \setbox\tw@\vbox to\dimen@ii \bgroup
        % remove simulated frame and page flexibility:
        \vskip -\fb@frh \@plus-\pagestretch \@minus-.8\pageshrink
        \unvbox\tw@ \unpenalty\unpenalty
        \ifdim\lastkern=-137sp % whole box went to next page
|          \message{box split at beginning! }%
           \egroup \fb@resto@set \eject % (\vskip for frame size was discarded) 
           \fb@adjheight
        \else %
           \egroup \fb@resto@set
           \ifvoid\@tempboxa % it all fit after all
|             \message{box split at end! }%
              \setbox\@tempboxa\box\tw@
           \else % it really did split
|             \message{box split as expected. Its reboxed height is \the\ht\tw@. }%
              \ifdim\wd\tw@>\z@
%psh: Changed the command that inserts the box:
%     Instead of \centerline, we shift right by \saved@totalleftmargin:
%              \centerline{\FrameCommand{\box\tw@}}%  ??? \centerline bad idea
       \hbox{\hskip \saved@totalleftmargin\FrameCommand{\box\tw@}}%
              \else
|               \message{Zero width means likely blank. Don't frame it (guess)}%
                \box\tw@
              \fi
              \hrule \@height\z@
              \eject
              \fb@adjheight
              \put@frame
  \fi\fi\fi\fi\fi
  \ifvoid\@tempboxa\else
%psh: Changed the command that inserts the box:
%     Instead of \centerline, we shift right by \saved@totalleftmargin:
%    \centerline{\FrameCommand{\box\@tempboxa}}%
    \hbox{\hskip\saved@totalleftmargin\FrameCommand{\box\@tempboxa}}%
    \nointerlineskip \null %{\showoutput \showlists}
    \penalty-30 \vskip\topsep
  \fi}

\def\fb@adjheight{%
  \vbox to\FrameHeightAdjust{}% get proper baseline skip from above.
  \penalty\@M \nointerlineskip
  \vskip-\FrameHeightAdjust
  \penalty\@M} % useful for tops of pages

\edef\zero@glue{\the\z@skip}

\catcode`\|=\FrameRestore

% Provide configuration commands:
%psh: Version 2.502, 2016/03/23, changed \FrameCommand so that the
%     frame is printed in color if the user has said
%     \colorsolutionboxes:
%\providecommand\FrameCommand{\fboxrule=\FrameRule \fboxsep=\FrameSep \fbox}
\def\FrameCommand{\fboxrule=\FrameRule \fboxsep=\FrameSep
  \if@colorsolutionboxes
    \def\box@it{\colorfbox{SolutionBoxColor}}%
  \else
    \def\box@it{\fbox}%
  \fi
  \box@it
}% \FrameCommand

\@ifundefined{FrameRule}{\newdimen\FrameRule \FrameRule=\fboxrule}{}
\@ifundefined{FrameSep} {\newdimen\FrameSep  \FrameSep =3\fboxsep}{}

% Height of frame above first baseline when frame starts a page:
\providecommand\FrameHeightAdjust{6pt}

% \FrameRestore has parts of \@parboxrestore.  See how it is used in the 
% "settings" argument of \MakeFrame.  Previous behavior can be restored by 
% using \@parboxrestore there, or redefining:
% \makeatletter \renewcommand\FrameRestore{\@parboxrestore} \makeatother
\def\FrameRestore{%
  \let\if@nobreak\iffalse
  \let\if@noskipsec\iffalse
%  \let\par\@@par  ??
  \let\-\@dischyph
  \let\'\@acci\let\`\@accii\let\=\@acciii
%  \parindent\z@ \parskip\z@skip    Definitely omit!
%  \everypar{}%  ??
  \linewidth\hsize
%  \@totalleftmargin\z@
%  \leftskip\z@skip \rightskip\z@skip \@rightskip\z@skip
%  \parfillskip\@flushglue \lineskip\normallineskip
%  \baselineskip\normalbaselineskip
  \sloppy
%  \let\\\@normalcr
}

%  Compatibility with previous versions (temporary!):
\let\fram@d=\MakeFramed  \let\endfram@d=\endMakeFramed

%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%

% This ends the stuff that's lifted from:
% % framed.sty   v 0.8a   21-Jul-2003
% % Copyright (C) 1992-2003 by Donald Arseneau


%--------------------------------------------------------------------
%--------------------------------------------------------------------

\endinput
%---------------------------------------------------------------------
%---------------------------------------------------------------------
%---------------------------------------------------------------------
%---------------------------------------------------------------------
%---------------------------------------------------------------------